4008 E / 4008 B / 4008 H / 4008 S Hemodialysis System Technical Manual

4008 E / 4008 B / 4008 H / 4008 S Hemodialysis system Technical Manual
Edition: 5/03.09 Part no.: M40 618 1 Software 4.5/5.3 and higher
Caution! These Operating Instructions in pdfformat are for information only. They are not a replacement for the Operating Instructions supplied with the machine/device and options.
Fresenius Medical Care
Important information on the Technical Manual

How to use the Technical Manual
Identification The document can be identified by the following information on the title page and on the labels, if any: Edition of the technical document Part number of the technical document The page identification 1-3, for example, refers to: chapter 1, page 3. The editorial information 1/01.05, for example, refers to the 1st edition, January 2005. Changes to the Technical Manual will be released as new editions or supplements. In general: This manual is subject to change without notice. Explanation of the Caution and Note symbols used:
Page identification Editorial information
Changes
Significance of the safety precautions
Caution Advises the operator against certain procedures or actions that could cause damage to the equipment or may have adverse effects on operators and patients.
Note Informs the operator that if the steps are not followed as described, a specific function will be executed incorrectly or will not be executed at all, or will not produce the desired effect.
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
0-1
Important information on the system

Technicians qualification
Purpose This Technical Manual is intended for service technicians and is to be used for first studies (to acquire a basic knowledge) and for reference purposes (for TSC, Maintenance and repair). The Technical Manual, however, does not replace the training courses offered by the manufacturer. Knowledge of the current Operating Instructions for the respective system. Background experience in mechanics, electrical and medical engineering.
Requirements
Precautions for working on the system

Authorized persons Assembly, extensions, adjustments, modifications or repairs may only be carried out by the manufacturer or persons authorized by him. The activities described in this technical document require the availability of the necessary technical test equipment and accessories. For the specifications of the respective system, refer to the current Operating Instructions. Observe the information on the specifications. Before turning power on, repair any visible damage. Prior to opening the system and when working on the open system, the following precautions have to be observed: Protect the components against ingress of fluids. Do not touch live parts (e.g. connectors of the power cable or heater). Disconnect and connect all jacks, connectors and components only when the system is turned off. When repairing the system and replacing spare parts, observe the applicable ESD precautions. The system and the consumables are generally considered to be contaminated and must therefore be sufficiently disinfected by the responsible organization as specified by the manufacturer.
Test equipment and accessories Specifications
Precautions
ESD precautions
Hygienic measures
0-2
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
Addresses
Please address any inquiries to: Manufacturer Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA D-61346 Bad Homburg +49 (0)6172-609-0 www.fmc-ag.com Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH Geschftsbereich Zentraleuropa Kundendienst / Servicecenter Steinmhlstrae 24 61352 Bad Homburg Germany Phone: +49 (0)6172-609-7100 Fax: +49 (0)6172-609-7102 E-mail: [email protected] Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH Service Support International Hafenstrae 9 D-97424 Schweinfurt Germany Phone: +49 (0)9721-678-333 (hotline) Fax: +49 (0)9721-678-130
Service Central Europe
International service
Local service
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
0-3
0-4
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
Table of contents
Section 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 2 2.1 2.2 3 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 4 5 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 5.10 5.11 5.12 5.13 6 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 7 Description of system functions and malfunctions ................................................. Description of the T1 test ............................................................................................... Functional description of the modules ............................................................................ Functional description of the hydraulic unit .................................................................... Technical Safety Checks / Maintenance .................................................................... Technical Safety Checks and Maintenance for 4008 hemodialysis systems and options .................................................................. TSC report ...................................................................................................................... Adjustment instructions .............................................................................................. Overview of the DIP switches in the 4008 ...................................................................... Calibration mode ............................................................................................................ Hydraulics ....................................................................................................................... Air detector ..................................................................................................................... Calibration program ..................................................................................................... Diagnostics program .................................................................................................... General notes ................................................................................................................. Menu structure ................................................................................................................ Reading the analog inputs of CPU I ............................................................................... Reading the analog inputs of CPU II .............................................................................. Reading the digital inputs of CPU I ................................................................................ Reading the digital inputs of CPU II ............................................................................... Writing the analog outputs of CPU I ............................................................................... Writing the analog outputs of CPU II .............................................................................. Writing the digital outputs of CPU I ................................................................................ Writing the digital outputs of CPU II ............................................................................... Writing/Reading the digital outputs of CPU I .................................................................. ONLINEplus module ..................................................................................................... HPU ................................................................................................................................ Setup menu ................................................................................................................... Overview Setup menu settings ....................................................................................... Overview ......................................................................................................................... Main menu 4008 E/B ...................................................................................................... Main menu 4008 H/S ...................................................................................................... Miscellaneous ............................................................................................................... Page 11-3 1-78 1-83 22-3 2-25 33-9 3-13 3-15 3-31 455-3 5-5 5-7 5-9 5-10 5-15 5-19 5-20 5-21 5-27 5-30 5-31 5-32 66-3 6-7 6-9 6-37 7-
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
0-5
Section 8 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 8.7 8.8 8.9 8.10 8.11 8.12 8.13 8.14 8.15 8.16 8.17 8.18 8.19 8.20 8.21 8.22 8.23 8.24 8.25 8.26 8.27 Circuit diagrams and circuit descriptions ................................................................. Block diagram 4008 ........................................................................................................ Block diagram of voltage supply .................................................................................... Block diagram of screen 4008 H/S ................................................................................. Connection layout diagram ............................................................................................. P.C.B. LP 450-2 Level detector control (LD) .................................................................. P.C.B. LP 493 Blood leak detector ................................................................................. P.C.B. LP 624 Control board (BP) .................................................................................. P.C.B. LP 630 Motherboard ........................................................................................... P.C.B. LP 631 CPU 1 ..................................................................................................... P.C.B. LP 632 CPU 2 ..................................................................................................... P.C.B. LP 633 Input board ............................................................................................. P.C.B. LP 634 Output board ........................................................................................... P.C.B. LP 635 Display board .......................................................................................... P.C.B. LP 636 External connectors ................................................................................ P.C.B. LP 950 Control board (HEP) ............................................................................... P.C.B. LP 644-4 Display board (HEP) ............................................................................ P.C.B. LP 645 Position sensor membrane pump ........................................................... P.C.B. LP 649-2 Display board (4008 B/S) .................................................................... P.C.B. LP 742 Interference filter ..................................................................................... P.C.B. LP 748 Display board (BP) ................................................................................. P.C.B. LP 763 Multi interface board (COMMCO III) ...................................................... P.C.B. LP 922 Display board (4008 S) ........................................................................... P.C.B. LP 923 Traffic light (4008 H/S) ........................................................................... P.C.B. LP 924 Display board (4008 H) .......................................................................... P.C.B. LP 941 Hydraulics processor .............................................................................. Heater board (power supply unit 4008) .......................................................................... Power board (power supply unit 4008) ..........................................................................
Page 88-3 8-4 8-5 8-6 8-9 8-11 8-12 8-13 8-14 8-16 8-18 8-20 8-22 8-24 8-25 8-26 8-27 8-28 8-30 8-31 8-32 8-33 8-34 8-35 8-36 8-37 8-38
0-6
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
Table of contents 1 Description of system functions and malfunctions

Section 1.1 1.1.1 1.1.2 1.1.3 1.1.4 1.1.5 1.1.6 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 1.3.3 1.3.4 Description of the T1 test ............................................................................................ T1 test flow diagram, serial program steps .................................................................... T1 test flow diagram, parallel program steps ................................................................. Description of the T1 test incl. error messages .............................................................. Description of system errors during the cleaning programs .......................................... Error messages after turning power on .......................................................................... Error messages during dialysis ...................................................................................... Functional description of the modules ...................................................................... Blood pump (arterial) ...................................................................................................... Blood pump (Single-Needle), optional ........................................................................... Heparin pump ................................................................................................................. Air detector ..................................................................................................................... Functional description of the hydraulic unit ............................................................. Fig.: Flow diagram .......................................................................................................... Description of the hydraulic unit ..................................................................................... Theory of operation of the balancing chamber .............................................................. Central delivery system option ....................................................................................... Program sequences during the cleaning programs ....................................................... Fig.: Flow chart of cleaning programs overview .......................................................... Page 1-3 1-3 1-5 1-7 1-53 1-70 1-71 1-78 1-78 1-79 1-80 1-82 1-83 1-83 1-85 1-87 1-91 1-92 1-92
Fresenius Medical Care 4008
5/03.09 (TM)
1-1
1-2
Fresenius Medical Care 4008 5/03.09 (TM)
1.1
1.1.1
Description of the T1 test

T1 test flow diagram, serial program steps
MODULE T1 TEST ACCUMULATOR
START T1 TEST TEST OK ? yes no STORAGE ERROR NUMBER
TEST BYPASS
TEST BLOOD LEAK DETECTOR
TEST OK ? yes
no
STORAGE ERROR NUMBER
TEST OK ? yes
no
TEST OPT. DETECTOR
TEST TEMPERATURE
TEST OK ? yes
no
TEST OK ? yes
no
TEST BLOOD SYSTEM
NEG. PRESSURE HOLDING TEST
TEST OK ? yes
no
TEST OK ? yes
no
TEST VENOUS PRESSURE
POS. PRESSURE HOLDING TEST
TEST OK ? yes
no
TEST OK ? yes
no
TEST AIR DETECTOR
TEST UF-FUNCTION
TEST OK ? yes
no
TEST OK ? yes
no
TEST DISPLAY
TEST CONDUCTIVITY
TEST OK ? yes
no
TEST OK ? yes
no
TEST ARTERIAL PRESSURE
Basic hydraulics TEST DIASAFE/HDF FILTER
Advanced hydraulics TEST DIASAFE PLUS / ONLINE PLUS / HPU TEST
TEST OK ? yes
no
STORAGE ERROR NUMBER TEST OK ? yes no STORAGE ERROR NUMBER
5/03.09 (TM)
1-3
T1 TEST UNSUCCESSFUL no RETURN
yes
DIALYSIS START KEY
INCORRECT TEST STEP
TEST OK ? yes
no
ERROR DISPLAY
FURTHER INCORRECT TEST STEPS no RETURN
yes
NEXT INCORRECT TEST STEP
1-4
1.1.2
T1 test flow diagram, parallel program steps
MODULE T1
START T1 TEST
TEST OPT. DETECTOR
TEST BLOOD SYSTEM
TEST BYPASS
TEST DISPLAY
TEST ACCUMULATOR
TEST ARTERIAL PRESSURE
TEST OK ? no STORAGE ERROR NUMBER
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
TEST VENOUS PRESSURE
TEST TEMPERATURE
yes
yes
TEST AIR DETECTOR
NEG. PRESSURE HOLDING TEST
TEST
BLOOD LEAK DETECTOR
yes
yes
yes
no
Conductivity?
yes
TEST CONDUCTIVITY
yes
yes
TEST CONDUCTIVITY
TEST UF-FUNCTION
yes
yes
yes
Basic hydraulics TEST DIASAFE/HDF FILTER TEST UF-FUNCTION TEST DIASAFE/HDF FILTER
Advanced hydraulics TEST DIASAFE PLUS / ONLINE PLUS / HPU-TEST
yes TEST OK ? 1 no STORAGE ERROR NUMBER 1 no STORAGE ERROR NUMBER 1 yes TEST OK ? yes
5/03.09 (TM)
1-5
T1 TEST UNSUCCESSFUL no RETURN
yes
DIALYSIS START KEY
INCORRECT TEST STEP
TEST OK ? yes
no
ERROR DISPLAY
FURTHER INCORRECT TEST STEPS yes RETURN
no
NEXT INCORRECT TEST STEP
1-6
1.1.3
Description of the T1 test incl. error messages Prerequisites for starting and running the test
Error message
Power failure Dialines not conn Shunt Cover open Connect Conc.Line Wrong conc. supply
Description
Power failure while the test is in progress The dialysate lines are not in the interlock shunt. The interlock shunt is open.
The concentrate connector is in the rinse chamber, or concentrate is not connected at all. The error message depends on the central delivery system preselected in the setup menu. The optical detector senses blood in the system. Line to or from the dialyzer kinked, malfunctions in the hydraulics. Water supply interrupted. A valid calibration value is missing in the NOVRAM.
Blood Sensed by OD Flow alarm
Water alarm XXX not calibrated
Overview of the individual test steps Bypass test ..................................................................................................................... Optical detector test ....................................................................................................... Blood system test ........................................................................................................... Venous pressure system test ......................................................................................... Air detector test .............................................................................................................. Display test ..................................................................................................................... Arterial pressure system test .......................................................................................... Battery test ..................................................................................................................... Blood leak test ................................................................................................................ Temperature test ............................................................................................................ Negative pressure holding test ....................................................................................... Positive pressure holding test ........................................................................................ UF function test .............................................................................................................. Conductivity test ............................................................................................................. Diasafe/HDF filter test .................................................................................................... Online plus / Diasafe plus filter / HPU test ..................................................................... 1-8 1-10 1-12 1-16 1-18 1-22 1-24 1-26 1-28 1-30 1-32 1-34 1-39 1-42 1-44 1-48
5/03.09 (TM)
1-7
Bypass test Test description: Check of the following functions: Heater relay Bypass (electric) Check of the temperature range changeover
Illustration:
X632/A26 HOT_RINSE
LP 639
(4008E/H)
X639/
Power Logic
X632/A10
X632/A9
A20
H_REL_W EM_H_OFF V24_EN V24B_EN CI V26 V26 V24B V24
X639/A12 X639/A17
LP 647
(4008S/B)
X632/C25 X632/C26
LP 632
CPU 2
X632/B22 X632/A6 X632/A6 X632/A5 X632/A4
X634R/ A18
X634R/ C22
X632/B27
X632/B28
LP 634
LP 633
X634R/
Input board
A23
Output board
X634R/ C24
X631/A20
X631/A21
LP 631 CPU 1 LP 630 Mother board

DATA BUS
V24B
V24
LP 635
(4008 E)
LP 649
(4008 B)
Display board
LP 924
(4008 H)
V24
V24B
LP 922
(4008 S)
Testgenerierung/Generation of Test
Rueckmeldung/Acknowledgement
1-8
V26
V26
X634L/C25
X634L/A25
X634L/C12
Error description:
Error message
F 01 Bypass
Description
The heater relay is switched off. Acknowledgement (H_REL_W, X639/A12) X632/A10, 0 V are missing. The heater relay cannot be switched off by CPU2. Acknowledgement (H_REL_W, X639/Y12) X632/A10, 12 V are missing. Control line (EM_H_OFF, X632/A9) X639/A17, 12 V are missing. The temperature measurement range is set to hot rinse. Control line (HOTRINSE, X634R/C24) X639/A20, 0 V are missing. Acknowledgement (HOTRINSE, X634R/C24) X632/A26, 0 V are missing. The extended bypass cannot be correctly switched by CPU2 (V24 = off, V26 = on, V24B = off). Acknowledgement (V24, X637/C1) X632/A4, 24 V are missing. Acknowledgement (V26, X637/C2) X632/A6, 0 V are missing. Acknowledgement (V24B, X637/C23) X632/A5, 24 V are missing. The extended bypass cannot be correctly switched off by CPU2 (V24 = on, V26 = off, V24B = on). Acknowledgement (V24, X637/C1) X632/A4, 0 V are missing. Acknowledgement (V26, X637/C2) X632/A6, 24 V are missing. Acknowledgement (V24B, X637/C23) X632/A5, 0 V are missing. CPU1 fails to set the temperature control to hot rinse. Control line (HOTRINSE, X634R/C24) X639/A20, 12 V are missing. Acknowledgement (HOTRINSE, X634R/C24) X632/A26, 12 V are missing. The extended bypass cannot be correctly switched by CPU1 (V24 = off, V26 = on, V24B = off). Acknowledgement (V24, X637/C1) X632/A4, 24 V are missing. Acknowledgement (V26, X637/C2) X632/A6, 0 V are missing. Acknowledgement (V24B, X637/C23) X632/A5, 24 V are missing. CPU1 fails to reset the temperature control to dialysis. Control line (HOTRINSE, X634R/C24) X639/A20, 0 V are missing. Acknowledgement (HOTRINSE, X634R/C24) X632/A26, 0 V are missing. The extended bypass cannot be correctly switched off by CPU1 (V24 = on, V26 = off, V24B = on). Acknowledgement (V24, X637/C1) X632/A4, 0 V are missing. Acknowledgement (V26, X637/C2) X632/A6, 24 V are missing. Acknowledgement (V24B, X637/C23) X632/A5, 0 V are missing. System error
F 02 Bypass
F 03 Bypass
F 04 Bypass
F 05 Bypass
F06 Bypass
F 07 Bypass
F08 Bypass
F09 Bypass
F95 Bypass
5/03.09 (TM)
1-9
Optical detector test Test description: Attenuation of the optical detector. Check of the acknowledgement of the optical detector.
Illustration:
LP 632
X632/C16 X632/C15
X632/A30
LDSA
ODSA
CPU 2
OD_OUT X633L/C7
32/B27
X632/B28
LP 633 Input board
LP 634 Output board
X633L/C8
31/A20
X631/A21

DATA BUS
X351/5
OD_IN
X351/7 X351/10
LP 635
(4008 E)
LP 649
(4008 B)
Pven
Display board
LP 924
(4008 H)
LP 922
(4008 S)
1-10
5/03.09 (TM)
Error description:
Error message
F01 opt. Detector
Description
CPU1 interprets the optical detector in a different way than does CPU2. Acknowledgement (OD_OUT, X633L/C7) X632/A30 and the digital input of P.C.B. LP 633 measure different levels. CPU2 fails to recognize blood in the system. Acknowledgement (OD_OUT, X633L/C7) X632/A30, 0 V are missing. Detuning (ODSA, X632/C15) X351/7 not 12V. CPU1 fails to recognize blood in the system. Acknowledgement (OD_OUT, X633L/C7) digital input on P.C.B. LP 633. Detuning (ODSA, X632/C15) X351/7 not 12V. CPU2 recognizes that the optical detector senses opaque fluid (required because of the test in the cleaning program). Acknowledgement X632/A30 not 12V. AD28 defective. System error.
F02 opt. Detector
F03 opt. Detector
F04 opt. Detector
F96 opt. Detector
5/03.09 (TM)
1-11
Blood system test Test description: Check of the following functions: Blood alarm acknowledgement Blood pump switch-off
Illustration:
X632/C10
X632/C14 CLP_CTL LDA2
X632/C21
BL_AL BPSB_VEN BPSB_ART SN_ART X634L/ A14 A15

X634L/ C15
LP 632 CPU 2
X632/B11 X632/A11 X632/A15
X632/B27
X632/B28
LP 633 Input board
LP 634
(4008E/H)
BPST_ART
Output board LP 647

(4008S/B)
X634L/ B15 B14 X634L/
X633L/ C13 X631/A20 X631/A21
A13 X633L/
C14
LP 631 CPU 1 LP 630

Mother board
DATA BUS
BPSST_A
X348/V1
X348/V3
X348/V6
X348a/1
X348a/3
X348a/6
X348a/2
BPSST_V
X351/8
LP 635
(4008 E)
LP 649
(4008 B)
Pven
Display board
LP 924
(4008 H)
LP 922
(4008 S)
Rckmeldung/Acknowledgement
1-12
5/03.09 (TM)
X351/6
Error description:
Error message
F09 Bloodsystem
Description
Acknowledgement that CPU2 recognizes that the arterial blood pump is inactive (BP not running). Acknowledgement (BPSB_ART, X348a/6) X632/A11, 12 V missing. Control line (BPSST_ART, X634L/B14) X348a/1, 12 V missing or (BPST_ART, X634L/A14) X348a/3, 12 V are missing. Acknowledgement that CPU1 recognizes that the arterial blood pump is inactive (BP not running). Acknowledgement (BPSB_ART, X348a/6) X633L/A11, 12 V are missing. Control line (BPSTT_ART, X634L/B14) X348a/1, 12 V missing or (BPST_ART, X634L/A14) X348a/3, 12 V missing. Level is raised during the T1 test. The arterial blood pump cannot be stopped by CPU1. CPU2 recognizes that the arterial blood pump remains active. Control line (BPSST_ART, X634L/B14) X348a/1, 0 V missing, as well as (BPST_ART, X634L/A14) X348a/3, 0 V missing. Acknowledgement (BPSB_ART, X348a/6) X632/A11, 0 V are missing. The level is raised during the T1 test, or the up/down key on the air detector is blocked and the level is constantly raised. The arterial blood pump cannot be stopped by CPU1. CPU1 recognizes that the arterial blood pump remains active. Control line (BPSST_A, X634L/B14) X348a/1, 0 V missing, as well as (BPST_ART, X634L/A14) X348a/3, 0 V missing. Acknowledgement (BPSB_ART, X348a/6) X633L/A11, 0 V are missing.
F10 Bloodsystem
F11 Bloodsystem
F12 Bloodsystem
F13 Bloodsystem
Applicable for SW 4.91/2.91 and higher if SN, ONLINE-HDF or 4008 HDF pump is connected (= ADKS active) Acknowledgement that CPU2 detects that the pump is inactive (pump is not running). Acknowledgement (BPSB_VEN, X348V/6) X632/ B11, 12V missing Control line (BPSST_VEN, X634L/B15) X348V/1, 12V missing or (BPST_VEN, X634L/A15) X348V/3, 12V missing Transistor T9 on P.C.B. LP 754 defective IC5 on P.C.B. LP 632 defective In 4008 HDF an HDF treatment was performed, followed by a cleaning program with the substituate pump running, then the T1 test has been re-started. The substituate pump must be switched off because otherwise the test step will fail to be passed (problem was corrected with SW 3.20 in 4008 H/S systems: the substituate pump will be switched off automatically on starting a cleaning program).
5/03.09 (TM)
1-13
F14 Bloodsystem
Applicable for SW 4.91/2.91 and higher if SN, ONLINE-HDF or 4008 HDF pump is connected (= ADKS active) Acknowledgement that CPU1 detects that the pump is inactive (pump is not running). Acknowledgement (BPSB_VEN,X348V/6) X633L/A13, 12V missing Control line (BPSST_VEN, X634L/B15) X348V/1 not 12V or (BPST_VEN, X634L/A15) X348V/3 not 12V IC16 on P.C.B. LP 633 defective P.C.B. LP 633 recognizes Single-Needle pump although it is not connected. Applicable for SW 4.91/2.91 and higher if SN, ONLINE-HDF or 4008 HDF pump is connected (= ADKS active) CPU1 fails to stop the corresponding blood pump. CPU2 detects that the pump remains active. Control line (BPSST_VEN, X634L/B15) X348V/1, 0V missing as well as (BPST_VEN, X634L/A15) X348V/3 not 0V Acknowledgement (BPSB_VEN, X348V/6) X632/B11, 0V missing Transistor T9 on P.C.B. LP 754 defective IC5 on P.C.B. LP 632 defective During the test the lines are inserted on the corresponding pump using the Start/Stop key. P.C.B. LP 633 recognizes Single-Needle pump although it is not connected. Applicable for SW 4.91/2.91 and higher if SN, ONLINE-HDF or 4008 HDF pump is connected (= ADKS active) CPU1 fails to stop the corresponding blood pump. CPU1 detects that the pump remains active. Control line (BPSST_VEN, X634L/B15) X348V/1 not 0V as well as (BPST_VEN, X634L/A15) X348V/3 not 0V Acknowledgement (BPSB_VEN, X348V/6) X633L/A13 not 0V IC16 on P.C.B. LP 633 defective P.C.B. LP 633 recognizes Single-Needle pump although it is not connected. Applicable for SW 4.91/2.91 and higher if SN, ONLINE-HDF or 4008 HDF pump is connected (= ADKS active) Although the recognition of the venous blood pump (ADKS) is not acknowledged, the 24-V supply voltage of the pump can be switched off. Acknowledgement line (ADKS, X348V/7) X633L/A10 not 12V Acknowledgement (BPSB_VEN, X348V/6) X633L/A13 not 12V Acknowledgement (BPSB_VEN, X348V/6) X632/B11 not 12V Online-HDF has already been switched on during the T1 test. IC16 on P.C.B. LP 633 defective.
F15 Bloodsystem
F16 Bloodsystem
F17 Bloodsystem
1-14
5/03.09 (TM)
F18 Bloodsystem
Applicable for SW 5.00/4.10 and higher, check of the BPUS signal (CPU, P.C.B. LP 632) At the beginning of the test step a maximum of 40s may pass until rotation has stopped.If the blood pump is being activated, the rotation stop alarm must have been cleared. Acknowledgement line (BPUS, X348A/8) X632/A13 not 0V Acknowledgement line (BPUS, X348A/8) X632/A13 not 12V Blood pump speed is set to 0: preset speed during the T1 test. Applicable for SW 5.00/4.10 and higher, check of the BPUS signal (CPU, P.C.B. LP 631 via LP 633) At the beginning of the test step a maximum of 40s may pass until rotation has stopped. If the blood pump is being activated, the rotation stop alarm must have been cleared. 1. Acknowledgement line (BPUS, X348A/8) X633L/A12 not 0V 2. Acknowledgement line (BPUS, X348A/8) X633L/A12 not 12V
Check of the actual arterial BP rate. The actual rate of the arterial BP is not zero. The actual rate of the arterial BP does not increase. If SN is installed: The actual rate of the venous BP is not zero. The actual rate of the venous BP does not increase. Acknowledgement line (BPR_ART, X348A/10) X633L/B3 not 0V or acknowledgement line (BPR_ART, X348A/10) X632/A14 not 0V Acknowledgement line (BPR_ART, X348A/10) X633L/B3 no increase or acknowledgement line (BPR_ART, X348A/10) X632/ A14 no increase If SN is installed: Acknowledgement line (BPR_VHDF, X348V/10) X633L/B4 not 0V Acknowledgement line (BPR_VHDF, X348V/10) X633L/B4 no increase System error.
F19 Bloodsystem
F20 Bloodsystem
F95 Bloodsystem
5/03.09 (TM)
1-15
Venous pressure system test Test description: Verification of the lower limit by checking the venous zero point. The upper limit is tested by detuning the venous pressure unit in positive direction. (The venous line clamp is closed during the test.)
Illustration:
LP 632
X632/C16 LDSA
CPU 2
X632/C18
X632/C17
PV_DET P_VEN
X632/B27
X632/B28
LP 633
Input board
LP 634
Output board
X633L/B5
X634R/C18
VENT_V
X631/A20
X631/A21
LP 631
CPU 1
LP 630 Mother board
DATA BUS
X351/1
X351/2
P VEN
LP 635
(4008 E)
LP 649
(4008 B)
Display board
LP 924
(4008 H)
LP 922
(4008 S)
X351/4
X351/10
1-16
5/03.09 (TM)
Error description
Error message
F01 Venous
Description
CPU1 (input board) shows a venous zero point deviation of more than 12 mmHg (60 s). Control (VENT_VALVE, X634R/C18) X351/1 of the vent valve in the LD is defective. Acknowledgement (P_VEN, X351/4) X633L/B5 that the voltage value is outside the zero point tolerance. P-venous has not been calibrated. CPU2 shows a venous zero point deviation of more than 12 mmHg (60 s). Control (VENT_VALVE, X634R/C18) X351/1 of the vent valve in the LD is defective. Acknowledgement (P_VEN, X351/4) X632/C17, the voltage value is outside the zero point tolerance. P-venous has not been calibrated. With detuning in positive direction, the achieved change in the venous display is less than 100 mmHg (7 s). The test detuning is defective (PV_DET, X632/C18) X351/2. Acknowledgement (P_VEN, X351/4) X633L/B5, the change in voltage is too low. P-venous has not been calibrated. The deviation in the measured value between CPU1 and CPU2 is higher than 12 mmHg (if Pven > 100 mmHg). Acknowledgement (P_VEN, X351/4) X633L/B5 and X632/C17 measure different voltage values. P-venous has not been calibrated. System error.
F02 Venous
F03 Venous
F04 Venous
F95 Venous
5/03.09 (TM)
1-17
Air detector test Test description: Test of the air detector by checking the alarm state. Switch-off of the venous line clamp in the air detector module.
Illustration:
1-18
5/03.09 (TM)
Error description:
Error message
F01 Airdetector
Description
CPU1 interprets the air detector signal in a different way than does CPU2. Acknowledgements (LDA1, X351/14) X632/C13 and X633L/C10 recognize different signal levels. The air detector alarm is not recognized by CPU2. Acknowledgement (LDA1, X351/14) X632/C13, 0 V are missing. Transmission weakening (LDSA, X632/C16) X351/10, 12 V are missing. Air detector clamps acknowledgement (CPU2) activated (clamp closed). Acknowledgement (LDA2, X351/6) X632/C14, 24 V are missing. Clamp control (CLP_CTL, X634L/C14) X351/8, 12 V are missing. Clamp control (CLP_CTL, X632/C10) X351/8, 12 V are missing. Air detector clamps acknowledgement (CPU1) activated (clamp closed). Acknowledgement (LDA2, X351/6) X633L/C13, 24 V are missing. Clamp control (CLP_CTL, X634L/C14) X351/8, 12 V are missing. Clamp control (CLP_CTL, X632/C10) X351/8, 12 V are missing. The blood alarm signal has not been cleared (indicates an alarm). Acknowledgement (BL_AL, X634L/C15) X632/C21, 12 V are missing.
If the HDF option is used, this signal is not tested (special function).
F02 Airdetector
F03 Airdetector
F04 Airdetector
F05 Airdetector
F06 Airdetector
Closing of the air detector clamp via the CPU2 control line was not possible. Clamp control (CLP_CTL, X632/C10) X351/8, 0 V are missing. Acknowledgement (LDA2, X351/6) X632/C14, 0 V are missing. Opening of the air detector clamp via the CPU2 control line was not possible. Clamp control (CLP_CTL, X632/C10) X351/8, 12 V are missing. Acknowledgement (LDA2, X351/6) X632/C14, 24 V are missing. Closing of the air detector clamp via the CPU1 control line was not possible, or CPU2 acknowledgement is incorrect. Clamp control (CLP_CTL, X634L/C14) X351/8, 0 V are missing. Acknowledgement (LDA2, X351/6) X632/C14, 0 V are missing.
F07 Airdetector
F08 Airdetector
5/03.09 (TM)
1-19
F09 Airdetector
Closing of the air detector clamp via the CPU1 control line was not possible, or CPU1 acknowledgement is incorrect. Clamp control (CLP_CTL, X634L/C14) X351/8, 0 V are missing. Acknowledgement (LDA2, X351/6) X633L/C13, 0 V are missing. The blood alarm message is missing. Acknowledgement (BL_AL, X634R/C15) X632/C21, 0 V are missing.
F10 Airdetector
F11 Airdetector
Air detector clamps acknowledgement (CPU2) activated (clamp closed). Acknowledgement (LDA2, X351/6) X632/C14, 24 V are missing. Clamp control (CLP_CTL, X634L/C14) X351/8, 12 V are missing. Clamp control (CLP_CTL, X632/C10) X351/8, 12 V are missing. Air detector clamps acknowledgement (CPU1) activated (clamp closed). Acknowledgement (LDA2, X351/6) X633L/C13, 24 V are missing. Clamp control (CLP_CTL, X634L/C14) X351/8, 12 V are missing. Clamp control (CLP_CTL, X632/C10) X351/8, 12 V are missing. The blood alarm signal has not been cleared (indicates alarm). Acknowledgement (BL_AL, X634L/C15) X632/C21, 12 V are missing.
F12 Airdetector
F13 Airdetector
F14 Airdetector
Raise level key on the air detector is constantly active. Acknowledgement (LEVEL_UP, X351/3) X632/C11 not 0V. Acknowledgement of the supply voltage for the ultrasonic output stage not between 6.5 and 13.5 V after 3 seconds. Adapter board AD28 not connected Acknowledgement (X351/11 X633L/25A jumper to X633L/B7) not 12V. Relay on AD28 failed to drop. Acknowledgement of the supply voltage for the ultrasound output stage not >14.5V after 3 seconds. Adapter board AD28 not connected. Acknowledgement (X351/11 X633L/25A jumper to X633L/B7) not 16V/24V. Relay on AD28 is not controlled. No 10-Hz signal at ALARM_REST (X351/12)
F15 Airdetector
F16 Airdetector
1-20
5/03.09 (TM)
F17 Airdetector
Acknowledgement of the supply voltage for the ultrasound output stage not between 6.5 and 13.5 V after 3 seconds. Adapter board AD28 not connected Acknowledgement (X351/11 X633L/25A jumper to X633L/B7) not 12V Relay on AD28 failed to drop System error.
F95 Airdetector
5/03.09 (TM)
1-21
Display test Test description: Check of all displays and indicators on the monitor front Display test Status LED Alarm LED Seven-segment display, all dark Seven-segment display, all 8888 Bar graph CPU1/CPU2 alarm tone This display test must be monitored by the user!
Illustration:
LP 632 CPU 2
X634R/A16
X632/C29
CPU2_AL
LP 633
X632/ B27 X632/ B28
LP 634
Output board
Input board
+LS X634L/A13 -LS X634L/B13
X631/ A20
X631/ A21
LP 631
CPU 1
LP 630
DATA BUS
Mother board
LP 635
(4008 E)
LP 649
(4008 B)
Test Display
Display board
LP 924
(4008 H)
8888 8888 8888 8888
LP 922
(4008 S)
1-22
5/03.09 (TM)
Error description:
Error message
F01 Display
Description
CPU1 failed to start the display test within 5 sec. The test started information transmitted via the serial interface is missing. CPU1 failed to complete the display test within 120 sec. The test completed information transmitted via the serial interface is missing. System error.
F02 Display
F95 Display
5/03.09 (TM)
1-23
Arterial pressure system test Test description: Test of the arterial pressure unit by electronic detuning in positive or negative direction.
Illustration:
1-24
5/03.09 (TM)
Error description:
Error message
F01 Arterial
Description
With detuning in negative direction, the change achieved on the arterial display is less than 100 mmHg (2 sec). Acknowledgement (P_ART, X348A/7) X633L/B12, insufficient voltage change. Test detuning defective (PA_DET, X632/A17) X348A/9. With detuning in positive direction, the change achieved on the arterial display is less than 100 mmHg (2 sec). Acknowledgement (P_ART, X348A/7) X633L/B12, insufficient voltage change. Test detuning defective (PA_DET, X632/A17) X348A/9. System error.
F02 Arterial
F95 Arterial
5/03.09 (TM)
1-25
Battery test Test description: Check of the battery voltage under load.
Illustration:
LP 632 CPU 2
X634R/C23 X639/A10
TESTBATT
LP 633
X632/B27 X632/B28
LP 634 Output board
LP 639
(4008E/H)
Input board
Power Logic
LP 647
(4008S/B)
X633L/B21 X639/A2 X639/A3 X639/A4
X631/A20
X631/A21

DATA BUS
U_ACCU
Akku (16 - 22V)
LP 635
(4008 E)
LP 649
(4008 B)
Display board
LP 924
(4008 H)
LP 922
(4008 S)
1-26
5/03.09 (TM)
Error description:
Error message
F01 Accumulator
Description
CPU1 failed to complete the battery test within 5 sec. The test completed information transmitted via the serial interface is missing. The battery charge is insufficient for 15 min emergency operation (maybe no battery connected). The battery voltage (U_ACCU, ...) X633L/B21 dropped below 17.6 V. Acknowledgement (U_ACCU, ...) X633L/B21 of the battery voltage defective. The test circuit on P.C.B. LP 639 defective. The test level is incorrect (TESTBATT, X634R/C23) X639/A10, the 12-V pulse is missing (100 ms). Power supply unit LP 639 SI5 or in 4008B/S systems fuse in the base defective. R39 on P.C.B. LP 639 (4008E/H) or P.C.B. LP 647 (4008B/S) defective, possibly caused by flickering power supply unit. System error.
F02 Accumulator
F03 Accumulator
F95 Accumulator
5/03.09 (TM)
1-27
Blood leak test Test description: Test of the blood leak detector by lowering the capacity of the transmitting diode.
Illustration:
1-28
5/03.09 (TM)
Error description:
Error message
F01 Bloodleak
Description
Blood leak channel and dimness not in alarm-free condition during the T1 test. Dimness channel contaminated (calcium precipitate, etc.) Acknowledgement (BLL, X637A/18) X633L/B10 voltage value within the alarm tolerances (< 3V). Acknowledgement (BLL_DIM, X637A/21) X633L/B11 voltage value within the alarm tolerances (<1.5V/ >8V). DAC_BLL or DAC_DIM not within the tolerances (check calibration) The blood leak alarm/dimness alarm is not recognized during test detuning. Acknowledgement (BLL, X637A/18) X633L/B10 voltage value not within the alarm tolerances. Acknowledgement (BLL_DIM, X637A/21 X633L/B11 voltage value not within the alarm tolerances (<1.5V) Test detuning (BLL_DET, X632/A25) X633L/B27 not 5V Calibration of DAC_BLL or DAC_DIM is too high Detuning (DAC_DIM, X634R/A11) X633L/C3 impossible Dimness calibration is set to potentiometer calibration (BR6 from pos. 1/2 to 2/3). After test detuning, the blood leak channel and dimness fail to enter the alarm-free state. Dimness channel contaminated (calcium precipitate, etc.) Acknowledgement (BLL, X637A/18) X633L/B10 voltage value within the alarm tolerances Test detuning (BLL_DET, X632/A25) X633L/B27 not 0V. Acknowledgement (BLL_DIM, X637A/21) X633L/B11 voltage value within the alarm tolerances (<1.5V / >8V). DAC_BLL or DAC_DIM not within the tolerances (check calibration) System error.
F02 Bloodleak
F03 Bloodleak
F95 Bloodleak
5/03.09 (TM)
1-29
Temperature test Test description: Test of the upper alarm limit by electronically detuning the temperature display in positive direction.
Illustration:
LP 639
(4008E/H)
LP 632 CPU 2
X632/A26
HOTRINSE T_DIAL1 T_DETADJ X633R/C21 X633L/B16 X633R/ A20 X634R/ A13 BIBAG_TE
X632/A24
X632/A23
Logic
LP 647
(4008S/B)
X632/B27
X632/B28
LP 633 Input board
LP 634 Output board
X633R/C25
X633R/C15
X634R/C24
X631/A20
X631/A21
LP 631
CPU 1 LP 630 Mother board
DATA BUS
MON_NTC
NTC_BIB
X639/A20
LP 639
(4008E/H)
LP 635
(4008 E)
LP 649
(4008 B)
Display board
LP 924
(4008 H)
Power Logic
LP 922
(4008 S)
LP 647
(4008S/B)
1-30
5/03.09 (TM)
Error description:
Error message
F01 Temperature
Description
The temperature measuring range is not set to hemodialysis. Control line (HOTRINSE, X634R/C24) X639/A20, 0 V are missing. Acknowledgement (HOTRINSE, X634R/C24) X632/A26, 0 V are missing. The actual temperature is less than 35.0 C (test running time > 15 minutes). Calibrate the temperature. The heater rod failed. Acknowledgement (T_DIAL1, X633L/B16) X632/A24, voltage got stuck. The actual temperature is higher than 39.0 C (test running time > 15 minutes). Calibrate the temperature. The regulating sensor (NTC-2) is defective. Acknowledgement (T_DIAL1, X633L/B16) X632/A24, voltage got stuck. The temperature failed to stabilize within 15 minutes. Acknowledgement (T_DIAL1, X633L/B16) X632/A24 is steadily changing (change > 0.3 C/15 sec). Detuning in positive direction not higher than 3 C (10 sec). Acknowledgement (T_DIAL1, X633L/B16) X632/A24, change in voltage insufficient. Detuning (T_DETADJ, X632/A23) X633R/C21 insufficient. The monitor sensor indicates a constant value. NTC-3 defective. The test release is missing (max. test running time is 10 minutes). Run-time problem (software). CPU1 failed to transmit a Bibag status message within 3 sec. Run-time problem (software). Bibag NTC_BIB detuning not higher than 1 C. Acknowledgement (NTC_BIB, X633R/C15) ADW on P.C.B. LP 633, change in voltage insufficient. Detuning (BIBAG_TE, X634R/A13) X633R/A20 insufficient. Bibag temperature display outside of measuring range (15 to 45 C). Acknowledgement (NTC_BIB, X633R/C15) ADW on P.C.B. LP 633. System error.
F02 Temperature
F03 Temperature
F04 Temperature
F05 Temperature
F06 Temperature
F07 Temperature
F08 Temperature
F09 Temperature
F10 Temperature
F95 Temperature
5/03.09 (TM)
1-31
Negative pressure holding test Test description: Within a specific time period, the actual value of the dialysate pressure transducer should change within certain limits only.
Illustration:
LP 632
CPU 2
X632/A19 X632/B22 X632/C27 X632/A29 ACKN_ASP CI UF_P_CTL P_DIAL
X632/B27
X632/B28
X633L/B6
X634R/A24
X634R/A23
LP 633
Input board
LP 634
Output board
X634L/B10
X633R/C28 X631/A20 X631/A21
X634R/A24
LP 631 CPU 1
LP 630 Mother board
UF_P_CTL +P_DIAL
DATA BUS
LP 635
(4008 E)
LP 649
(4008 B)
Display board
LP 924
(4008 H)
LP 922
(4008 S)
1-32
5/03.09 (TM)
Error description:
Error message
F01 neg. Pressure
Description
During the start phase a negative pressure of more than 450 mmHg has developed (max. test running time 120 sec), the hydraulic system is contaminated, the air separation pump started running. Setting the dialysate pressure to the test pressure (300 mmHg to 450 mmHg) was not possible (max. test running time 120 sec). Upon repetition of measurement, the range was extended from 260 mmHg to 490 mmHg. Leakage in the hydraulic system. The UF pump is defective. If the HDF filter test was skipped: Clamp the HDF filter. The working point (116 digits) of the differential amplifier cannot be set correctly (max. test running time 120 sec). Pressure variations are too large. The D-A converter (IC11) on P.C.B. LP 632 is defective. The operational amplifier (IC1/IC3) on P.C.B. LP 632 is defective. The acknowledgement (P_DIAL, X633L/B6) X632/A29 is defective. The CI signal is missing (LP 632 X632/B22). Completion of pressure measurement was not possible (max. test running time 120 sec). The D-A converter (IC11) on P.C.B. LP 632 is defective. The operational amplifier (IC1/IC3) on P.C.B. LP 632 is defective. The acknowledgement (P_DIAL, X633L/B6) X632/A29 is defetive. The air separation pump started running during the measurement phase. Acknowledgement (ACKN_ASP, X634L/B10) X632/A19, 0 V are missing. ASP has been interrupted electrically. The negative pressure holding test failed to be passed. The dialysate pressure drop exceeds 40 mmHg (related to ten balancing chamber switching). Leakage in the hydraulic system. Current increasing pulses were not recognized (min. 2x). 5-V balancing chamber pulses are missing (CI. X634R/A23) X632/B22. System error.
F02 neg. Pressure
F03 neg. Pressure
F04 neg. Pressure
F05 neg. Pressure
F06 neg. Pressure
F07 neg. Pressure
F95 neg. Pressure
In systems with HDF option, the negative pressure holding test is performed internally only; i.e. V24, V24B are closed and V26 is open.
5/03.09 (TM)
1-33
Positive pressure holding test Test description: Valves V24, V24B and V26 are checked for proper function (mechanical). Test of the TMP unit by detuning it electronically in positive direction. With the dialysate flow turned off, positive pressure is applied to the balancing system. The actual value of the dialysate pressure transducer is now monitored for a defined period of time. Test of the pump segment of P97.
Illustration:
1-34
5/03.09 (TM)
Error description:
Error message
F01 pos. Pressure
Description
The mandatory filling program of CPU1 has not been completed (10 sec). The solenoid valve V43 is not closed. V24 valve error. Acknowledgement (V24, X637/C1) X632/A4, 24 V are missing. No pressure increase above 150 mmHg (change in pressure) after valve switching. Control signals of V24 and V24B mistaken for each other. Leakage in the external system (shunt interlock, dialysate lines, etc.). If the HDF filter test was skipped: Clamp the HDF filter. No pressure compensation after opening of V43 (125 mmHg to 55 mmHg). V24 got stuck (mechanically open). V43 not open. V26 leaking. No pressure compensation after opening of V43 (125 mmHg to 55 mmHg). V24 got stuck (mechanically open). V43 not open. V189 (retentate valve) leaking. The loading pressure cannot be measured via the solenoid valve V26 in the hydraulic system (P-Dial. < 600 mmHg, 15 sec). Solenoid valve V26 mechanically not open. Solenoid valve V43 mechanically not closed.
The balancing chamber is switched to passage during this test sequence. V24, V24B and V43 are closed; V26 is open.
F24 pos. Pressure
F25 pos. Pressure
F26 pos. Pressure
F27 pos. Pressure
F02 pos. Pressure
F03 pos. Pressure
The hydraulic system cannot be deaerated via the solenoid valve V43; the zero point of 125 to 55 mmHg has not been reached (15 sec). Solenoid valve V26 mechanically not closed. Solenoid valve V43 mechanically not open. Zero point outside the 125 to 55 mmHg range.
F04 pos. Pressure
The first working point (220 digits) of the differential amplifier cannot be set. Pressure variations are too large. The D-A converter (IC11) on P.C.B. LP 632 is defective. The operational amplifier (IC1/IC3) on P.C.B. LP 632 is defective. The acknowledgement (P_DIAL, X633L/B6) X632/A29 is defective.
5/03.09 (TM)
1-35
F05 pos. Pressure
Test detuning results in a change in the measuring range of more than 95 mmHg (60 sec). The operational amplifier (IC2) on P.C.B. LP 632 is defective. Acknowledgement (P_DIAL, X633L/B6) X632/A29, change in voltage too large. Detuning defective (P_DETADJ, X632/C20) X633R/C22. The balancing chamber valve V36 or V38 (waste water valve) is leaky. Test detuning results in a change in the measuring range of less than 85 mmHg (60 sec). The D-A converter (IC11) on P.C.B. LP 632 is defective. Acknowledgement (P_DIAL, X633L/B6) X632/A29, change in voltage insufficient. Detuning defective (P_DETADJ, X632/C20) X633R/C22. V26 is leaky. After detuning in the test there is a difference (P.diff > 9 mmHg) between the display and the differential amplifier. The voltage divider R23/R9 or the operational amplifier IC2 is defective. The operational amplifier IC1/IC3 is defective. The balancing chamber valve V36 or V38 (waste water valve) is leaky. Test detuning results in a change in the measuring range of more than 400 mmHg (20 sec). The operational amplifier (IC2) on P.C.B. LP 632 is defective. Acknowledgement (P_DIAL, X633L/B6) X632/A29, change in voltage too large. Detuning defective (P_DETADJ, X632/C20) X633R/C22. Test detuning results in a change in the measuring range of less than 350 mmHg (20 sec). The D-A converter (IC11) on P.C.B. LP 632 is defective. Acknowledgement (P_DIAL, X633L/B6) X632/A29, change in voltage insufficient. Detuning defective (DIAL_DET_ADJ, X632/C20) X633R/C22. The second working point (116 digits) of the difference amplifier cannot be set correctly. The D-A converter (IC11) on P.C.B. LP 632 is defective. The operational amplifier (IC1/IC3) on P.C.B. LP 632 is defective. Change in the dialysate pressure after closing of the solenoid valve V43 (zero point change from 20 mmHg to +80 mmHg within 15 sec). The solenoid valve V24B is not closed. The balancing chamber valve V36 or V38 (waste water valve) is leaky.
F06 pos. Pressure
F07 pos. Pressure
F08 pos. Pressure
F09 pos. Pressure
F10 pos. Pressure
F11 pos. Pressure
1-36
5/03.09 (TM)
F12 pos. Pressure
The loading pressure cannot be measured via the solenoid valves V24 and V24B in the hydraulic system (P-Dial. < 600 mmHg, 15 sec). Solenoid valve V24 or V24B mechanically not open.
The balancing chamber is switched to passage during this test sequence. V43 and V26 are closed; V24 and V24B are open.
F13 pos. Pressure
The hydraulic system cannot be deaerated via the solenoid valve V43 (P-Dial. not equal to 125 to 55 mmHg, 20 sec). The solenoid valve V24 is not closed. V43 neither opens electrically nor mechanically.
The balancing chamber is switched to passage during this test sequence. V24 and V26 are closed; V24B and V43 are open.
F14 pos. Pressure
Zero point change after closing of solenoid valve V43 (20 sec). Standard: P-Dial. not equal to 125 to 55 mmHg. HDF option: P-Dial. not equal to 125 to 60 mmHg. The solenoid valve V24 is not closed.
The balancing chamber is switched to passage during this test sequence. V24, V26 and V43 are closed; V24B is open.
F15 pos. Pressure
The loading pressure is below 780 mmHg 30 mmHg (10 sec). The loading pressure is too low. During the start phase, the pressure dropped below 620 mmHg (measuring tolerance: 30 mmHg, max. test running time 120 sec). Major leakage in the hydraulic system. The UF pump spring is defective. The loading pressure is too low. The air separation pump fails to occlude. Relief valve (78) or V43 is leaky. During the start phase, it was not possible to reduce the dialysate pressure to a value below 760 mmHg (measuring tolerance: 30 mmHg, test running time 120 sec). The loading pressure is too high. The UF pump is defective. The working point (116 digits) of the differential amplifier cannot be set correctly (test running time 120 sec). The pressure variations in the system are too large. Completion of the pressure measurement was not possible (max. test running time 120 sec). The D-A converter (IC11) on P.C.B. LP 632 is defective. The acknowledgement (P_DIAL, X633L/B6) X632/A29 is defective.
F16 pos. Pressure
F17 pos. Pressure
F18 pos. Pressure
F19 pos. Pressure
5/03.09 (TM)
1-37
F20 pos. Pressure
The positive pressure holding test failed to be passed. While the flow was off, a pressure drop of more than 80 mmHg/min was detected in the hydraulic system. Leakage in the hydraulic system. The UF pump spring is defective. ASP fails to occlude. Relief valve leaking. V84 leaking. The dialysate pressure cannot be set to a value between 460 and 760 mmHg 30 mmHg (10 sec). The heat exchanger is defective. Problem in the hydraulic system. The air separation pump is not running during the test phase (2 sec). Control line (AIR_SEP+, X634L/A22) ASP/..., 24 V are missing. Control line (AIR_SEP, X634L/C22) ASP/..., 0 V are missing. Acknowledgement (ACKN_ASP, X634L/B10) X632/A19, 12 V are missing. Pressure drop in the hydraulic system during the measurement phase (8 sec). Change more than +4 digits or more than 8 digits. Leakage in the pump segment of the air separation pump. Leakage in the heat exchanger. Acknowledgement (P_DIAL, X633L/B6) X632/A29, change in voltage too large. See between F01 and F02 ASP functional test (running and delivery test) ASP line segment is occluded ASP line segment has been incorrectly inserted (check direction of delivery) ASP is not running (electrically or mechanically) V87 electrically or mechanically closed System error.
F21 pos. Pressure
F22 pos. Pressure
F23 pos. Pressure
F24 F27 F28 pos. Pressure
F95 pos. Pressure
1-38
5/03.09 (TM)
UF function test Test description: CPU1 activates the UF pump at a defined rate. CPU2 checks the UF pump. CPU2 blocks the control line of the UF pump and checks whether the UF pump stops. Check of the UF counter. The following is additionally applicable with built-in 4008 HDF option: CPU1 activates the UF pump 2 at a defined rate. CPU2 checks the hydraulic and the electric function of the UF pump 2. CPU2 blocks the control line of the UF pump 2 and checks whether it stops. Check of the UF2 counter.
Illustration:
X632/C7
UF_P2
LP 632 CPU 2
X632/A7 X632/C28
X632/C27 X632/B24 X632/A29
UF_P1
UF_P_EN
UF_P_CTL UF_P2CTL P_DIAL X633L/ B6
X634R/A24
X634R/
C11
X634R/
A22
X632/B27
X632/ B28
LP 633 Input board
LP 634 Output board
X633R/ C28
X633L/ C23
X633L/ C14
X634L/ A-C24
X634L/ A-C23
X631/A20
X631/A21

DATA BUS
.
UF_P2 (nur bei 4008 HDF)
+P_DIAL
.
UF_P1
LP 635
(4008 E)
LP 649
(4008 B)
Display board
LP 924
(4008 H)
LP 922
(4008 S)
5/03.09 (TM)
1-39
Error description:
Error message
F01 UF-Function
Description
The pause between the strokes of the UF pump 1 was shorter than 220 ms. Correct volume delivery is not ensured due to too short a return. CPU1 issued too high a pump rate. The pulse time for the UF pump 1 is shorter than 180 ms. Correct volume delivery is not ensured due to too short an emission time. The monoflop on P.C.B. LP 634 is defective (IC42/R82/C47). The pulse time for the UF pump 1 is longer than 500 ms. A maximum rate of 5000 ml/h is not possible. The monoflop on P.C.B. LP 634 is defective (IC42/R82/C47). No activity of the UF pump 1 during the test (5 sec). Acknowledgement (UF_P1, X637/B23) X632/A7, no LOW pulses. Control line (UF_P1, X634L/ABC23) X637/B23, no LOW pulses. The UF pump 1 cannot be stopped by CPU2. Control line (UF_P_EN, X632/C28) X634R/A22, 5 V are missing. The reset input at IC42/pin 3 on P.C.B. LP 634 is defective. The UF pump acknowledgement of CPU1 is defective. Acknowledgement (UF_P1, X637/B23) X622L/C14, no LOW pulses. The change in pressure after a stroke is less than 20 mmHg. The UF pump 1 is mechanically defective. Control line (UF_P1_CTL, X632/C27) X634R/A24, no LOW pulse. Dialysate pressure is outside the measuring range (15s). UF pressure transducer defective D/A converter (IC11) on P.C.B. LP 632 defective Operational amplifier (IC1/IC3) on P.C.B. LP 632 defective The pause between the strokes of the UF pump 2 was shorter than 220 ms. Correct volume delivery is not ensured due to too short a return. CPU1 issued too high a pump rate. The pulse time for the UF pump 2 is shorter than 180 ms. Correct volume delivery is not ensured due to too short an emission time. The monoflop on P.C.B. LP 634 is defective (IC42/R65/C45).
F02 UF-Function
F03 UF-Function
F04 UF-Function
F05 UF-Function
F06 UF-Function
F07 UF-Function
F09 UF-Function
F11 UF-Function
F12 UF-Function
1-40
5/03.09 (TM)
F13 UF-Function
The pulse time for the UF pump 2 is longer than 500 ms. A maximum rate of 5000 ml/h is not possible. The monoflop on P.C.B. LP 634 is defective (IC42/R65/C45). No activity of the UF pump 2 during the test (4 sec). Acknowledgement (UF_P2, X637/B26) X632/C7, no LOW pulses. Control line (UF_P2, X634L/ABC24) X637/B26, no LOW pulses. The UF pump 2 cannot be stopped by CPU2. Control line (UF_P_EN, X632/C28) X634R/A22, 5 V are missing. The reset input at IC42/pin 13 on P.C.B. LP 634 is defective. The UF pump acknowledgement of CPU1 is defective. Acknowledgement (UF_P2, X637/B26) X633L/C23, no LOW pulses. Dialysate pressure is outside the measuring range (15s). UF pressure transducer defective D/A converter (IC11) on P.C.B. LP 632 defective Operational amplifier (IC1/IC3) on P.C.B. LP 632 defective The change in pressure after a stroke of the UF pump 2 is less than 20 mmHg. The UF pump 2 is mechanically defective. Control line (UF_P2_CTL, X632/B24) X634R/C11, no HIGH pulse. The difference in volume between UF pump 1 and UF pump 2 is higher than 25% (range of tolerance 15% to 35%). The stroke volume of UF pump 1 or UF pump 2 has been misadjusted. System error.
F14 UF-Function
F15 UF-Function
F16 UF-Function
F09 UF-Function
F17 UF-Function
F20 UF-Function
F95 UF-Function
5/03.09 (TM)
1-41
Conductivity test Test description: Test of the alarm limits by electronically detuning the conductivity by +5% or by 5%.
Illustration:
LP 632 CPU 2
X632/A26
HOTRINSE
X632/A21 X632/A22
COND_DET COND_SIG
7b
X632/B27
X632/B28
X633L/B8
X633L/B31
X634R/C24
LP 633
X633R/A16
LP 634
Output baord
Input board
X633R/ C17
X631/A20
X631/A21
LP 631 CPU 1 LP 630

Mother board
DATA BUS
X633R/C27
LP 635
(4008 E)
LP 649
(4008 B)
COND_C108 COND_BIB
COND_C1
Display board
LP 924
(4008 H)
(Bibag-LF-Zelle)
LP 922
(4008 S)
1-42
5/03.09 (TM)
Error description:
Error message
F01 Conductivity
Description
The conductivity failed to be within the scale limits or to stabilize within 10 minutes ( 0.1 mS/10 sec). Concentrate is not connected. Acknowledgement (COND_SIG, X633L/B8) X632/A22, voltage outside the measuring range or unstable. Detuning in positive direction not more than 0.5 mS (10 sec). Acknowledgement (COND_SIG, X633L/B8) X632/A22 insufficient. Detuning (COND_DET, X632/A21) X633L/B31 insufficient. Detuning in negative direction not more than 0.5 mS (10 sec). Acknowledgement (COND_SIG, X633L/B8) X632/A22 insufficient. Detuning (COND_DET, X632/A21) X633L/B31 insufficient. The conductivity cell indicates a constant value. The CD cell is defective. CPU1 failed to transmit a Bibag status message within 3 sec. Run-time problem (software). CPU 1 fails to increase the working point (when the conductivity is <40mS/cm uncompensated) for the bibag conductivity by > 5 digits. Detuning (HOT_RINSE, X634R/C24 X633R/A16) not 12V P.C.B. LP 633 T2 or IC26 defective The Bibag CD detuning is not more than 1 mS/cm. Acknowledgement (COND_SIGNAL3, X633R/A12) MP TP3 on P.C.B. LP 633, change in voltage insufficient. Detuning (COND_DET, X632/A21) X633L/B31 insufficient. The Bibag CD display is outside of the measuring range. Acknowledgement (COND_SIGNAL3, X633R/A12) MP TP3 on P.C.B. LP 633. Conductivity outside the expected detuning range caused by wrong concentrate on the bicarbonate port or temperature too low. System error.
F02 Conductivity
F03 Conductivity
F04 Conductivity
F05 Conductivity
F08 Conductivity
F06 Conductivity
F07 Conductivity
F95 Conductivity
5/03.09 (TM)
1-43
Diasafe/HDF filter test Test description: Test of the filters by testing the volume of the internal capillary and pressure holding test.
Illustration:
X632/B5 V_DSAFE
X632/C25
V24_EN
LP 632
CPU 2
X632/C26
V24B_EN
X632/A6
V26
X634R/A18
X632/A29
P_DIAL
X633L/ B6
X632/B27
X632/B28
X634R/C22
X634L/A-C28
LP 633 Input board
LP 634
X634L/C5
Output board
X634L/C25
X634L/C7
X634L/A7
X631/A20
X631/A21
LP 631 CPU 1
LP 630
Mother board
DATA BUS
X634L/ A-C30
X634L/ A-C23
X633R/ C28
V112
+P_DIAL
FLOW+P1
UF_P1
LP 635
(4008 E)
LP 649
(4008 B)
V26
V35
V36
V32
Display board
LP 924
(4008 H)
LP 922
(4008 S)
V26
V35 V36 V35
1-44
5/03.09 (TM)
DEGAS+P1
Error description:
Error message
F02 Diasafe
Description
The balancing chamber was not stopped by CPU1 (24 sec). The message via the serial interface from CPU1 to CPU2 is missing. The current rise pulse is missing (CI, X634R/A23) X633L/C31, no 5-V pulse. CPU1 failed to complete one balancing chamber switching within 20 sec (30 ml fluid not removed?). The message via the serial interface from CPU1 to CPU2 is missing. The current rise pulse is missing (CI, 634R/A23) 633L/C31, no 5V pulse. During the pressure built-up phase, a negative pressure of less than 450 mHg has developed (24 sec). Diasafe valve not open, control line (V_DSAFE, X632/B5) X637/ C16, 0 V are missing. After the maximum fluid volume of 145 ml + 30 ml has been removed, the expected negative pressure of 300 mmHg to 450 mm Hg failed to build up. Major leakage in the Diasafe filter membrane and/or filter housing. Major leakage in the O-rings on filter holder/couplings. V26 electrically or mechanically not closed. The negative test pressure of more than 300 mmHg has developed before the minimum fluid removal of 145 ml 30 ml has been achieved. The Diasafe filter is contaminated. The Diasafe filter was not correctly deaerated upon start of the test. V112 electrically or mechanically not open. The zero point for pressure measurement cannot be set. The maximum test time has been exceeded (max. test time 5 min). Leakage in the Diasafe filter membrane and/or filter housing. Leakage in the O-rings on filter holder/couplings. P.C.B. LP 632, IC3/pin 12 not in socket or IC defective (differential amplifier). The negative pressure to be achieved in the test failed to stabilize within the maximum test time of 5 minutes (change > 16.7 mmHg/ min). Leakage in the Diasafe filter membrane and/or filter housing. Leakage in the O-rings on filter holder/couplings. Leakage in the hydraulic system. V 26 electrically or mechanically not closed. It was not possible to prime (deaerate) the dialysate filter within 2 minutes. Flow problems. The priming program is permanently active (level sensor, osmosis water, or P.C.B. LP 633, IC36 defective). System error.
F04 Diasafe
F06 Diasafe
F07 Diasafe
F08 Diasafe
F09 Diasafe
F10 Diasafe
F20 Diasafe
F95 Diasafe
5/03.09 (TM)
1-45
Error message
F01 HDF-Filter
Description
The Diasafe option has not been set although ON-LINE HDF has been selected. CPU 2: DIP switch array 2, switch 1 not set to ON. CPU1 failed to stop the balancing chamber (24 sec). The message via the serial interface from CPU1 to CPU2 is missing. The current rise pulse is missing (CI, X634/A23) X633L/C31, no 5-V pulse. CPU1 failed to comlete one balancing chamber switching within 20 sec (30 ml fluid not removed?). The message via the serial interface from CPU1 to CPU2 is missing. Verify the current rise pulse. During the pressure-buildup phase, a negative pressure of less than 370 mmHg has developed (24 sec). The HDF filter is clamped/clogged. The Diasafe valve is not open, control line (V_DSAFE, X632/B5) X637/C16, 0 V are missing. After the maximum fluid volume of 255 ml +60 ml has been removed the expected negative pressure of 220 mmHg up to 370 mmHg failed to build up. Major leakage in the Diasafe/HDF filter membrane and/or filter housing. Major leakage in the O-rings on filter holder/couplings. V26 electrically or mechanically not closed. The negative test pressure of less than 220 mmHg has developed, before the minimum fluid removal of 255 ml 60 ml has been achieved. The Diasafe/HDF filters are contaminated. The Diasafe/HDF filters were not correctly deaerated upon start of the test. V112 electrically or mechanically not open. The zero point for pressure measurement cannot be set. The max. test time has been exceeded (10 min). Leakage in the Diasafe/HDF filter membrane and/or filter housing. Leakage in the O-rings on filter holder/couplings. The negative pressure to be achieved in the test failed to stabilize within the maximum test time of 10 minutes (change > 13.3 mmHg/min). Leakage in the Diasafe/HDF filter membrane and/or filter housing. Leakage in the O-rings on filter holder/couplings. Leakage in the hydraulic system. V26 electrically or mechanically not closed.
F02 HDF-Filter
F04 HDF-Filter
F06 HDF-Filter
F07 HDF-Filter
F08 HDF-Filter
F09 HDF-Filter
F10 HDF-Filter
1-46
5/03.09 (TM)
F20 HDF-Filter
It was not possible to prime (deaerate) the Diasafe filter within 2 minutes. Flow problems. The priming program is permanently active (level sensor, osmosis water, or P.C.B. LP 633, IC36 defective). It was not possible to correctly rinse/prime the HDF filter within 5 minutes (before the test). Flow problems. No conductivity. Conductivity at the upper or lower end of the scale range. The HDF pump is not running (e.g. open door). The delivery rate of the HDF pump is less than 380 ml/min. Line diameter not set to 8 mm. NTC6 permanently fails to detect fluid. Sieve on V43 clogged. It was not possible to correctly rinse/prime the HDF filter within 5 minutes (after the test). Flow problems. No conductivity. Conductivity at the upper or lower end of the scale range. Especially with biBag systems: check filter on V43 The HDF pump is not running (e.g. open door). The delivery rate of the HDF pump is less than 380 ml/min. Line diameter not set to 8 mm. NTC6 permanently fails to detect fluid. Sieve on V43 clogged. System error.
F21 HDF-Filter
F22 HDF-Filter
F95 HDF-Filter
5/03.09 (TM)
1-47
Online plus / Diasafe plus filter / HPU test F01 ONLINE plus F01 DIASAFE plus F01 HPU
Present options and DIP switch settings do not match. CPU1 system status (MST), HPU status and DIP switch/Array2 changed during the test running time. ONLINE plus: CPU 2: Array 2, DipSw2 not set to OFF CPU 2: Array 2, DipSw3 not set to ON DIASAFE plus: CPU 2: Array 2, DipSw2 not set to OFF CPU 2: Array 2, DipSw3 not set to OFF MST transmitted by CPU1 not matching with the set DIP switch of array 2. DIP switch/Array2 changed while the test was in progress. HPU logged off.
F34 ONLINE plus F34 DIASAFE plus
Pressure holding test not passed. Max. number of treatments exceeded? Diasafe and HDF filter membranes leaking/worn.
F02 ONLINE plus F02 DIASAFE plus F02 HPU
Dialysate outlet pressure (DA1) outside the permissible range (10s). DA1 test range: 125mmHg P_dial 55 mmHg Acknowledgement DA 1 (P_DIAL, X633L/B6) X632/A29 Acknowledgement line DA 2 (see HPU diagram)
Cross comparison of both pressure transducers (DA1 / DA2) is outside the acceptable tolerance (10s). P(DA2) == P(DA1) 20mmHg Acknowledgement DA 1 (P_DIAL, X633L/B6) X632/A29 Acknowledgement DA 2 (see HPU diagram)
The test valve V183 is leaking. Pressure increase in the system of P(DA2) > 30 mmHg within 4s. V183 open, contaminated, or mechanically defective HPU, output stage etc. defective
No pressure increase of P(DA2) > 200 mmHg within 4s after opening the test valve V183 in the system. V183 fails to open or mechanically defective. Air pump defective, is not running HPU, V183 and/or air pump output stage etc. defective
1-48
5/03.09 (TM)
The lower pressure test range of P(DA2) > 300 mmHg failed to be achieved within 1s after closing the test valve V183. HPU, output stage etc. defective ONLINE filter leaking
The upper pressure test range of P(DA2) 750 mmHg was exceeded within 4s after closing of the test valve V183. HPU, output stage etc. defective
The air pump is running although valve V43 is closed. HPU, output stage etc. defective The door on the Online Sys module is open during the rate test. Close module door. Port 1 is open during the first pressure build-up phase. Close port 1 (substituate port). Port 2 is open during the first pressure build-up phase. Close port 2 (rinse port). Failure to reach the test pressure PDIAL2 > 795 mmHg within 12s. Calibrate dialysate pressure. Replace DA 2 (re-calibration required) Air pump (185) or test valve (V183) defective Hydraulic system or valve ONL3 (191) leaking Air pump control (185) based on V43 status defective (HPU defective) The ONLINE system pump failed to comply with the first test rate of 100 ml/min 9 ml/min. ONLINE system pump control defective Monitoring unit (Hall sensor) of the pump rotor detects incorrect rotation of the rotor (desired rate 300 ml/min 25%). ONLINE system pump control defective (outside the tolerance of 25%) Hall sensor /electronics defective The ONLINE system pump failed to comply with the second test rate of 300 ml/min 9 ml/min. ONLINE system pump control defective After the ONLINE system pump was switched off in the test, the monitoring unit (Hall sensor) detects that the rotor failed to stop correctly. Pump stop (output stage) defective Hall sensor /electronics defective
F05 ONLINE plus
F06 ONLINE plus
F07 ONLINE plus
F08 ONLINE plus
F09 ONLINE plus
F10 ONLINE plus
F11 ONLINE plus
F12 ONLINE plus
5/03.09 (TM)
1-49
F13 ONLINE plus
After the ONLINE system pump was switched off in the test, the actual rate of the module is > 0 ml/min. Pump stop (output stage) defective Synchro-transmitter electronics defective After activation of the substituate pump the monitoring unit (Hall sensor) of the pump rotor detects incorrect rotation of the rotor (desired rate 300 ml/min). Pump control defective (outside the tolerance of 25%) Hall sensor /electronics defective After activation of the substituate pump the system pump failed to comply with the test rate of 300 ml/min 9ml/min. Pump control defective Port 1 open during ONL valve test sequence. Close port 1 (substituate port). Port 2 open during ONL valve test sequence. Close port 2 (rinse port). Acknowledgement of ONL1 (V193) differs from the desired state of the valve. Valve control in the ONLINE Sys module defective Valve acknowledgement in the ONLINE Sys module defective Acknowledgement of ONL2 (V192) differs from the desired state of the valve. Valve control in the ONLINE Sys module defective Valve acknowledgement in the ONLINE Sys module defective Acknowledgement of ONL3 (V191) differs from the desired state of the valve. Valve control in the ONLINE Sys module defective Valve acknowledgement in the ONLINE Sys module defective Leakage test ONL3 (V191) failed to be passed. The permitted pressure drop of P < 10 mmHg has been exceeded or the test pressure is P 710 mmHg. Valve ONL3 (V191) in the ONLINE Sys module leaking Leaking system / tubing connections Port 1 or 2 in the ONLINE Sys module leaking Leakage test ONL2 (V192) failed to be passed. The permitted pressure drop of P < 10 mmHg has been exceeded or the test pressure is P 710 mmHg. Valve ONL2 (V192) in the ONLINE Sys module leaking Leaky system /tubing connections Port 1 in the ONLINE Sys module leaking Leakage test ONL1 (V193) failed to be passed. The permitted pressure drop of P < 10 mmHg has been exceeded or the test pressure is P 710mmHg. Valve ONL1 (V193) in the ONLINE Sys module leaking Leaky system /tubing connections
F14 ONLINE plus
F15 ONLINE plus
F16 ONLINE plus
F17 ONLINE plus
F18 ONLINE plus
F19 ONLINE plus
F20 ONLINE plus
F21 ONLINE plus
F22 ONLINE plus
F23 ONLINE plus
1-50
5/03.09 (TM)
F24 ONLINE plus
After the valves ONL1 to 3 opened, the pressure drop in the system was insufficient (P < 100 mmHg). Valve ONL1/ONL2/ONL3 electrically or mechanically not open Kinked tubing HDF filter strongly contaminated No pressure change of P > 40 mmHg within 15s. HDF filter membrane leaking (major leakage) No HDF filter installed
F25 ONLINE plus
Insufficient test pressure (P < 750mmHg) in the system. HDF filter membrane leaking (major leakage) No HDF filter installed Hydraulics system leaking
After the valve V189 opened, the pressure drop in the system was insufficient ( P < 70 mmHg). Valve V189 electrically or mechanically not open Diasafe filter strongly contaminated Filter before/after V43 strongly contaminated
Pressure increase in the system fails to exceed P > 760 mmHg. Diasafe filter membrane leaking (major leakage) No Diasafe filter installed
Pressure holding test failed to be passed. Excess pressure drop within a measurement time of 30s ( P > 10 mmHg). Diasafe and/or HDF filter membrane leaking
During the pressure holding test valve(s) ONL1, 2 or 3 and/or V189 was (were) closed (according to electronic acknowledgement). Valve control failed
Fill phase has been stopped. Valve(s) V26 open and/or V24, V24b closed (according to electronic acknowledgement), or failure to perform 25 or 15 balancing chamber switchings within 120s. Valve control failed Balancing chamber switchings failed (e.g. only Eigentakt) Valve(s) ONL1, 2 or 3 closed and/or V24 open or port 1 or 2 open during the rinse phase (according to electronic acknowledgement). Valve control failed Operator opened ports too early.
F32 ONLINE plus
5/03.09 (TM)
1-51
F33 ONLINE plus
Rinse phase has been aborted. Valve V189 open (according to electronic acknowledgement), or failure to perform 34 balancing chamber switchings within 240s. Valve control failed Failure to detect current rise pulse Conductivity not within the scale range Possible cause: Concentrate and/or bicarbonate level sensor do not recognize CD, although present.
F34 ONLINE plus F34 DIASAFE plus F41 ONLINE plus F41 DIASAFE plus F42 ONLINE plus F42 DIASAFE plus F43 ONLINE plus F43 DIASAFE plus F44 ONLINE plus F44 DIASAFE plus F95 ONLINE plus F95 DIASAFE plus F95 HPU
See error message between F01 and F02 ONLINE plus /DIASAFE plus
System error
1-52
5/03.09 (TM)
1.1.4
Description of system errors during the cleaning programs V84 monitoring
Error message
Rinse Failure F01
Description
End of the rinse-free program in Dis I to V. Conductivity has been recognized via V84, although the valve is still closed. This error message can be acknowledged by pressing the Rinse key. Disinfectant suction phase in Dis I IV. Maximum permissible UF pump strokes (160) during the suction phase) exceeded. Error message cannot be acknowledged. Turn the system off and on again. Disinfectant suction phase in Dis I to IV. Conductivity has not been recognized via V84, and the Disinfectant empty ? message has been acknowledged twice. This error message cannot be acknowledged. Switch the system off and on again. Program Dis V (only on systems with advanced hydraulics) No conductivity detected via concentrate level sensor, and Disinfectant empty ? message acknowledged twice. Error message cannot be acknowledged. Turn the system off and on again. End of the suction phase in Dis I to IV. Conductivity has been recognized via V84, although the valve is already closed. This error message can be acknowledged by pressing the Disinfection key. End of the suction phase in Dis I to IV. The float switch does not recognize any fluid after the disinfectant has been drawn in. Aeration of the disinfectant container! This error message cannot be acknowledged. Turn the system off and on again.
Rinse Failure F21
Rinse Failure F02
Rinse Failure F03
Rinse Failure F04
F01, F02 and F03 cause the V84 monitoring flag to be set. I.e. after one of these error messages has occurred, Bergstrm or ISO-UF dialysis is no longer possible, since it is not possible to switch the flow off. The V84 malfunction can be eliminated by correctly performing Dis I to IV. The problem can also be corrected using the calibration program (by a service technician only), menu item NOVRAM (Reset V84).
5/03.09 (TM)
1-53
PSW (pressure switch) monitoring during free rinsing (only with systems with CDS) The following requirements must be fulfilled to run the PSW test: DIP switch 8 Dip array 2 on P.C.B. LP631 must be set to ON. Rinse free followed by disinfection or heat disinfection (Dis. IV) or Mandatory rinse as individual program
START
PSW 104 closed or PSW 102 closed
no
Error message Rinse Failure F13
PSW 104 open
no
V104 opens Pressure decrease by membrane pumps
yes
yes PSW 104 closed PSW 102 open no V102 opens Pressure decrease by membrane pumps no Error message Rinse Failure F07
yes
yes PSW 102 closed no Error message Rinse Failure F08
PSW 104 and PSW 102 open yes
no
Error message Rinse Failure F05 or Rinse Failure F06 or Rinse Failure F12 (PSW 104 and PSW 102 closed). System stopped.
yes
Start PSW monitoring
Pressure build-up V91/104 open V100 closed
Mandatory rinse required
yes
Pressure reduction of the rinsing chambers (3 strokes each of the conc. and bic. pump)
no Evacuation of the conc. and bic. line (12 strokes each of the conc. and bic. pump)
PSW 104 closed
yes
Pressure build-up V91/104 open V100 closed
no
Pressure build-up V91/100/102 open
24 V switched off. System stopped.
PSW 102 closed
yes
Pressure build-up V91/100/102 open
no
1-54
5/03.09 (TM)
The pressure switches are designed as make contacts. Specifications: Delta pressure switch: Switching point 700 mbar 20 mbar Alcatel-SEL-pressure switch: Switching range 675 805 mbar Envec pressure switch: Switching range 700 mbar 20 mbar
Error message
Rinse Failure F05
Description
Rinse-free program with following Dis or HDIS or mandatory rinse as individual program in Dis I to V. It was impossible to open the pressure switch for PSW_104 (S124) (bicarbonate). Pressure on distribution piping > 500 mbar (according to specification, the permissible pressure is max. 500 mbar) pressure peaks on distribution piping: Frequently occurs in distribution pipings with user points if e.g. several patients are disconnected simultaneously and disinfection is started. Switching point of pressure switch too low: Desired value = 700 mbar 20 mbar Check acknowledgement of pressure switch on P.C.B. LP 633: Bicarbonate: X633L/ A19 Rinse-free program with following Dis or HDIS or mandatory rinse as individual program in Dis I to V. It was impossible to open the pressure switch for PSW_102 (S123) (concentrate). Pressure on distribution piping > 500 mbar (according to specification, the permissible pressure is max. 500 mbar) pressure peaks on distribution piping: Frequently occurs in distribution pipings with user points if e.g. several patients are disconnected simultaneously and disinfection is started. Switching point of pressure switch too low: Desired value = 700 mbar 20 mbar Check acknowledgement of pressure switch on P.C.B. LP 633: Concentrate: X633L/ A20 Rinse-free program, Dis, HDIS, or mandatory rinse in Dis I to V. Pressure drop during the monitoring phase on PSW_104 (S124) (bicarbonate) or pressure build-up impossible. Check switching point of pressure switch Check loading pressure (possibly splinter or contamination in orifice 151, remove tube and purge tube from both ends). Check negative pressure and test orifice (89). (For this purpose, remove and purge the tubing from both ends) Check check valve (118) and filter (120). Check CDS valve (104). Verify tightness of CDS path. Check acknowledgement of pressure switch on P.C.B. LP 633: Bicarbonate: X633L/ A19 Cartridge filter upstream of degassing pump clogged or wrong filter (filter for disinfectant container) installed. Filters can be distinguished by different adapters.
Rinse Failure F06
Rinse Failure F07
5/03.09 (TM)
1-55
Rinse Failure F08
Rinse-free program, Dis, HDIS, or mandatory rinse in Dis I to V. Pressure drop during the monitoring phase on PSW_102 (S123) (concentrate) or pressure build-up impossible. Check switching point of pressure switch. Check loading pressure. (possibly splinter or contamination in orifice 151, remove tube and purge tube from both ends) Check negative pressure and orifice (89). (For this purpose, remove and purge the tubing from both ends) Check check valve (117) and filter (119). Check CDS valve (102). Verify tightness of CDS path. Check acknowledgement of pressure switch on P.C.B. LP 633: Concentrate: X633L/ A20 Cartridge filter upstream of degassing pump clogged or wrong filter (filter for disinfectant container) installed. Filters can be distinguished by different adapters. Five minutes before the end of the mandatory rinse in Dis I to V. Pressure switch PSW_104 (S124) (bicarbonate) or PSW_102 (S123) (concentrate) did not open after pressure reduction. See Rinse Failure F12. Rinse-free program with following Dis or HDIS or mandatory rinse as individual program in Dis I to V. The pressure switches for PSW_104 (S124) (bicarbonate) and for PSW_102 (S123) (concentrate) could not be opened. Membrane pumps fail to run. V 102 or 104 fails to open. Pressure on distribution piping > 500 mbar (according to specification, the permissible pressure is max. 500 mbar) pressure peaks on distribution piping: Frequently occurs in distribution pipings with user points if e.g. several patients are disconnected simultaneously and disinfection is started. Switching point of pressure switch too low: desired value = 700 mbar 20 mbar Check acknowledgement of pressure switch on P.C.B. LP 633: Bicarbonate: X633L/ A19
Rinse Failure F09
Rinse Failure F12
1-56
5/03.09 (TM)
Rinse Failure F13
Rinse-free program with following Dis or HDIS or mandatory rinse as individual program in Dis I to V. Pressure drop during the monitoring phase on PSW_104 (S124) (bicarbonate) or PSW_102 (S123) (concentrate) or pressure build-up impossible. Check switching point of pressure switch. Check loading pressure. (Possibly splinter or contamination in orifice 151; remove tube and blow through tube from both ends) Check negative pressure and orifice (89). (For this purpose, remove and purge the tubing from both ends) Check check valve (117/118) and filter (119/120). Check CDS valve (102/104). Verify tightness of CDS path. Check acknowledgement of pressure switch on P.C.B. LP 633: Bicarbonate: X633L/ A19 Concentrate: X633L/ A20 Cartridge filter upstream of degassing pump clogged or wrong filter (filter for disinfectant container) installed. Filters can be distinguished by different adapters.
In case of F07, F08 and F13, the DO NOT SWITCH OFF !! message can, in addition, be alternately displayed. However, this message is displayed only if a mandatory rinse program is requested, since the concentrate and bicarbonate lines still have to be emptied before the system is switched off.
5/03.09 (TM)
1-57
Hydraulics test (check of V91, V99, V100) in systems with central delivery system
Mandatory rinse time 3 min
no
BiBag system?
yes
V91/100/102/130 are opened for 900 ms V99 closed
yes
no
V102 is opened for 900 ms. Pressure reduction with membrane pump (for two balancing chamber switch-overs) HPU yes (hydraulic processing unit) installed? PSW_102 open no Rinse Failure F11 System stopped no
yes
PSW_102 open
no
Message Error V130 System stopped
V91/100/102/188 are opened for 900 ms V99 closed
yes yes
PSW_102 open
no
Pressure build-up PSW_102 V91/100/102 open for 900 ms V99/104 closed Concentrate and bicarbonate pump stopped
Normal mandatory rinse sequence
PSW_102 closed
no
Message Error V91/100 System stopped
yes
Pressure reduction on PSW 102 V102/104 open for 900 ms V91/99/100 closed Pressure decreased with concentrate pump
V91/99/100/102 open for 900 ms V104 closed
PSW_102 open
no
yes
1-58
5/03.09 (TM)
Error message
Rinse Failure F11
Description
Three minutes before the end of the mandatory rinse in Dis I to V. The pressure switch PSW_102 (S123) (concentrate) did not open after pressure reduction. Pressure on distribution piping > 500 mbar (according to specification, the permissible pressure is max. 500 mbar). Pressure peaks on distribution piping: Frequently occurs in distribution pipings with user points if e.g. several patients are disconnected simultaneously and disinfection is started. Switching point of pressure switch too low: desired value = 700 mbar 20 mbar Membrane pumps fail to run V102 fails to open electrically or mechanically Check acknowledgement of pressure switch on P.C.B. LP 633: X633L/ A20 Three minutes before the end of the mandatory rinse in Dis I to V. V91 or V100 cannot be opened. V91 or V 100 fail to open electrically: P.C.B. LP 634: V91 = X634L/A12; V100 = X634L/C13 V 91 or V 100 mechanically not open: check sieve (148) upstream of V100, or valves clogged V99 constantly open (electrically P.C.B. LP 634: X634L/B12 or mechanically) V 102 not open Pressure switch for PSW_102 (S 123) fails to switch Three minutes before the end of the mandatory rinse in Dis I to V. V99 cannot be opened. V 99 fails to open electrically: P.C.B. LP 634: X634L/ B12. V 99 fails to open mechanically: check sieve (149) before V99, or V99 clogged. Pressure switch for PSW_102 (S 123) fails to open. Three minutes before the end of the mandatory rinse in Dis I to V. V130 cannot be opened (applicable to systems with BIBAG only). V130 electrically defective: P.C.B. LP 634: X634L/ A4 V130 mechanically defective or clogged Pressure switch for PSW_102 (S 123) fails to open. Check tubing for bicarbonate suction line and bibag block. V188 fails to open. V188 electrically defective. V188 mechanically defective or clogged Pressure switch for PSW_102 (S123) fails to open. Shortly before the end of the mandatory rinse in Dis I to V (CDS: Dis I to IV). The hydraulics test has not been completed correctly, possibly caused by flow problems.
V91/V100 Failure
V99 Failure
V130 Failure
V188 Failure
F14
5/03.09 (TM)
1-59
Hydraulics test (check of V91 and valve 98) in systems without central delivery system
Error message
F14
Description
Three minutes before the end of the mandatory rinse in Dis I to V. It was not possible to readjust the flow to 750 ml/min 50 ml/min. V91 defective. Three minutes before the end of the mandatory rinse in Dis I to V. After V91 has opened, a flow > 950 ml/min failed to develop. V91 or valve V98 defective. Shortly before the end of the mandatory rinse in Dis I to V. The hydraulics test has not been completed correctly, possibly caused by flow problems.
V91 Failure
F14
1-60
5/03.09 (TM)
Hydraulics test (check of V91, V99, V100, V130) in systems with BIBAG and without central delivery system The following requirements must be fulfilled to run the hydraulics test: 1.The test is run during the last 3 minutes of the mandatory rinse program only. 2.DIP switch 7 DIP array 2 on PCB LP 631 must be set to ON.
Mandatory rinse time 3 min
no
Pressure switch open
no
V100 Failure Program stopped
yes yes Pressure reduction by bic. pump (performed 5x)
Pressure build-up V91/100 open
no
Rinse Failure F15 Program stopped
Pressure switch closed
no
yes yes Pressure build-up V91 open V100 closed
Pressure reduction via V99
no
no
Error V99 Program stopped
yes yes Pressure reduction via V100 by conc. pump (performed 8x)
Pressure build-up V91 open V100 closed
Pressure build-up V91/100 open
no
no
yes
yes
no
Pressure switch open yes
no
Rinse Failure V188 Program stopped
yes
HPU yes (hydraulic processing unit) installed? no
Test completed
5/03.09 (TM)
1-61
Error message
Rinse Failure F15
Description
Three minutes before the end of the mandatory rinse in Dis I to V. DS (BIBAG pressure switch 134) could not be opened at the beginning of the test. Check pressure switch: Switching point: desired value: 130 mbar + 30 Suction error of bicarbonate pump V91 constantly electrically or mechanically open V99/100 constantly electrically or mechanically closed Three minutes before the end of the mandatory rinse in Dis I to V. It is impossible to build up pressure on DS (BIBAG pressure switch 134) via V91. Pressure switch fails to close mechanically: check switching point. V91 fails to open electrically: P.C.B. LP 634: X634L/A12. V91 fails to open mechanically (possibly clogged) V130 electrically not closed: P.C.B. LP 634: X634L/ A4 V130 fails to close mechanically (possibly clogged). Bibag connector leaking (check O rings) Sealing on the bicarbonate suction tube leaking. Check acknowledgement of pressure switch on P.C.B. LP 633: X633L/A8. V99 constantly electrically or mechanically open. Three minutes before the end of the mandatory rinse in Dis I to V. It is impossible to build up pressure on DS (BIBAG pressure switch 134) via V100. V100 fails to open electrically: P.C.B. LP 634: X634L/C13. V100 fails to open mechanically (possibly clogged). V91 constantly electrically or mechanically open Concentrate pump fails to pump. Filter (148) clogged. Pressure switch fails to open. Three minutes before the end of the mandatory rinse in Dis I to V. DS (BIBAG pressure switch 134) cannot be closed. V99 or V130 is leaking. V91 fails to open electrically or mechanically. V99 constantly electrically or mechanically open V130 constantly electrically or mechanically open Sealing on the concentrate suction tube leaking. Pressure switch fails to close. Three minutes before the end of the mandatory rinse in Dis I to V. DS (BIBAG pressure switch 134) cannot be opened. V99 does not open. V99 fails to open electrically or mechanically. V100 fails to open electrically or mechanically. Pressure switch fails to open. V91 electrically or mechanically open Filter (149) upstream of V99 clogged
V91 Failure
V100 Failure
Rinse Failure F16
V99 Failure
1-62
5/03.09 (TM)
Rinse Failure F17
Three minutes before the end of the mandatory rinse in Dis I to V. DS (BIBAG pressure switch 134) cannot be closed. V91 fails to open electrically or mechanically. V130 electrically or mechanically open V100 electrically or mechanically open Pressure switch fails to close. Three minutes before the end of the mandatory rinse in Dis I to V. DS (BIBAG pressure switch 134) cannot be opened. V130 fails to open electrically or mechanically. Pressure switch fails to open. Check tubing for bicarbonate suction line and bibag block. Bicarbonate line squeezed at strain relief. Narrowing in the reducer on the bibag connector Impossible to close the pressure switch (134) via V91/100. V91 fails to open electrically or mechanically. V130/V188 electrically or mechanically open. Pressure switch fails to close. The pressure on pressure switch (134) cannot be reduced via V188. V188 fails to open electrically or mechanically Pressure switch fails to open Check tubing for carbonate suction line and air separator block. Concentrate line squeezed at strain relief. Shortly before the end of the mandatory rinse in Dis I to V. The hydraulics test has not been completed correctly, possibly caused by flow problems.
V130 Failure
Rinse Failure F 20
V188 Failure
Rinse Failure F14
5/03.09 (TM)
1-63
1-64
V39 test
BiBag system? yes Pressure yes increase? (dav1 + 20 mmHg < dav2) Test passed Delete mandatory rinse Pressure compensation Evacuate rinse chambers no no Pressure yes increase? (dav1 + 50 mmHg < dav2) no
Mandatory rinse 1 min
DAC degas. pump = 200
The following requirements must be fulfilled to run the V39 test:
1. The test is run during the last minute of the mandatory rinse program only. 2. DIP switch 5 DIP array 2 on PCB LP 632 must be set to OFF.

DAC degas. pump no = 200 ? Test failed Pressure compensation V39 Failure yes DAC deg. pump = 220
open: V26, V91, V99, V100, V31, V33, V35, V37; V39 closed
5/03.09 (TM)
Wait for 10 sec.
Measure for 5 sec.: Mean pressure value dav1
Open V39; Wait for 5 sec.
Measure for 5 sec.: Mean pressure value dav2
Error message
V39 Failure
Description
On opening V39 a difference in pressure (averaged value V39 open averaged value V39 closed) is detected on the dialysate pressure transducer (182): Standard system: < 50 mmHg bibag system: < 20 mmHg V39 fails to open / close electrically or mechanically (possibly hydraulic processing unit defective). It is impossible to re-adjust the degassing pump (P.C.B. LP 634). V91, V99, V100 fail to open electrically or mechanically. Dialysate pressure transducer (182) defective or not calibrated (possibly HPU P.C.B. LP 941 defective) Filter 210 (upstream of degassing pump) clogged.
5/03.09 (TM)
1-65
Further messages which may be displayed before or during a cleaning program
Error message
Blood Sensed by OD
Description
Start of a cleaning program in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to V. The optical detector in the air detector module recognizes blood. Start of a cleaning program or during a cleaning program in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to V. The shunt interlock is not closed. Start of a cleaning program in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to V. The dialysate couplings are not connected to the shunt interlock. Priming of the blood line system in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to V. The drip chamber in the air detector module does not recognize any alarm. Start of a cleaning program in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to V, or end of the disinfectant suction phase in Dis V. The concentrate plug is not connected to the rinse chamber. Reconnect the concentrate plug to the rinse chamber. Start of a cleaning program in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to V, or end of the disinfectant suction phase in Dis V. The bicarbonate plug is not connected to the rinse chamber. Reconnect the bicarbonate plug to the rinse chamber. During a cleaning program in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to V. The 24-V/12-V supply voltages are drifting. This error can be acknowledged for 8 sec by pressing the respective program key. During a cleaning program in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to V. The watchdog relay has dropped. Communication (RxD or TxD) may be disturbed. During a cleaning program in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to V. Temperature > 41 C; > 90 C during HR; > 91 C during IHR. The system continues to run. The alarm tone can be acknowledged. Upon error elimination, the message is automatically cleared. During a cleaning program in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to V. Temperature < 33 C; < 78.5 C during HR. The system continues to run. The alarm tone can be acknowledged. Upon error elimination, the message is automatically cleared.
Shunt Cover open
Dialines not conn
No LD alarm
Conc line not conn
Bic line not conn
Voltage Failure
CPU-II failed
High temperature
Low temperature
1-66
5/03.09 (TM)
Water alarm
During a cleaning program in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to V. The float switch transmits the no water available message for more than 10 seconds. The balancing chamber has stopped; V41 is permanently open. Upon error elimination, the message is automatically cleared. During a cleaning program in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to V. For more than 30 seconds, the float switch fails to signal that water is required (not applicable to recirculation programs). The system continues to run. Upon error elimination, the message is automatically cleared. During a cleaning program in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to V. A current rise pulse is not recognized for more than 12 seconds. The system continues to run at Eigentakt (10 seconds). Upon error elimination, the message is automatically cleared. During a cleaning program in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to V. The cleaning flow increases to > 1000 ml/min. The program has stopped. The error can be acknowledged by pressing the respective cleaning program key. During a cleaning program in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to V. The UF pump has stopped or the rate deviates (2800 ml/h < UFR < 6000 ml/h). The program has stopped. The error can be acknowledged by pressing the respective cleaning program key. During a cleaning program in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to VI. The UF2 pump has stopped (applicable only to systems with 4008 HDF). The error can be acknowledged by pressing the respective cleaning program key. During a cleaning program in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to V. V24 or V24B is closed although it should be open. The program has stopped. The error message can be acknowledged by pressing the respective program key. During a cleaning program in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to V. V26 is closed although it should be open. The program has stopped. The error message can be acknowledged by pressing the respective program key.
Water alarm
Flow alarm
Upper Flow Alarm
UF-Pump failed
UF-Pump 2 failed
Dial. Valve failed
Bypass Valve failed
5/03.09 (TM)
1-67
V102 Failure
During a cleaning program in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to V. V102 has been opened electrically. 24 V are switched off. The error cannot be acknowledged. During a cleaning program in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to V. V104 has been opened electrically. 24 V are switched off. The error cannot be acknowledged. During a cleaning program in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to V. The HDF pump has stopped, or the speed deviates (rated value: 400 ml/min, actual value: 300 ml/min; rated value: 150 ml/min, actual value: 100 ml/min). The error message can be acknowledged for one complete cleaning program run by pressing the respective program key. The prompt: Are you sure ? is displayed. During a disinfectant program in the suction phase in Dis I to V (CDS: Dis I to IV). The lower switching point of the float switch is not reached within 20 sec. The program has stopped. Disinfectant suction phase in Dis V. Request to connect the disinfectant. Disinfectant suction phase in Dis V. After the disinfectant has been connected, the Confirm key on the menu panel must be pressed to start the suction procedure. The program has stopped. Disinfectant suction phase in Dis V. Disinfectant is drawn in via the concentrate pump. Disinfectant suction phase in Dis I to V. Dis V: After the disinfectant has been drawn in, the float switch does not recognize any fluid. Dis I to IV, Dis VI: The V84 monitoring unit does not recognize any conductivity.
V104 Failure
HDF-Pump failure
Float-Switch Failure
Connect Disinfectant
Press CONFIRM key
Please Wait
Disinfectant empty ?
Disinf-Temp. too high Transition to disinfection in Dis I to V. Temperature at the end of the rinse-free procedure > 40 C. Again and again, the rinse-free procedure is prolonged by 1 minute. An audible warning is sounded after 4 minutes. The message is automatically cleared, and it cannot be acknowledged.
1-68
5/03.09 (TM)
Rinse required !
During stored mandatory rinse in Dis I to V. The mandatory rinse has been interrupted (e.g. the system has been switched off). Selection of a cleaning program, although a mandatory rinse has been requested in HR. A disinfection program has been stopped and subsequently a rinsing or hot rinsing program started. During a cleaning program in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to V. Line voltage failed.
Rinse after Disinf.
Power Failure
BIBAG connect. open Upon start of a cleaning program in RI I to II, HR I to III, Dis I to V. The BIBAG connector is not closed (cap not attached). Heater error During the CDS rinsing phase at the end of a hot rinsing program or a hot disinfection program in CDS: HR I to III, Dis II to IV. The heater signal (P.C.B. LP 633: X633R/A26) is not changing for > 40 sec. Battery voltage <17.2 V 2.5 % Only in the event of a power failure during the cleaning programs. If the voltage drops below 17 V, the system will switch off.
Accumulator empty!
5/03.09 (TM)
1-69
1.1.5
Error messages after turning power on
Error message
EPROM ERROR
Description
System error. Check the plugs and the EPROM for proper connection. Replace the EPROM, if necessary.
BRAM_#_XXXX_XXXX_XXXX System error. Switch the system off and on again. Check the plugs and the BRAM of P.C.B. LP 631 and P.C.B. LP 632 for proper connection. Replace the BRAM, if necessary. Then recalibrate. RAM ERROR System error. Switch the system off and on again. Check the plugs and the RAM for proper connection. Replace the RAM, if necessary. Short-circuit on the keyboard. Switch the system off and on again. Check the plugs for proper connection. Possible short-circuit on the keys. Replace the front panel, if necessary. This error message can only be displayed shortly after switch-on. Switch the system off and on again. Check the WD relay and components. Check CPU2/CPU1. Check the plug connectors on the monitor. NOVRAM error upon test request. Switch the system off and on again. Recalibrate the function indicated. Replace the NOVRAM, if necessary. No valid value has been filed during start in the NOVRAM. The difference in temperature between NTC 109 and NTC 3 is too large. Switch off NTC 109 in the setup menu, or recalibrate the temperature.
Keyboard Error
Watchdog Error
XX (not calibrated)
NTC109 switched off
1-70
5/03.09 (TM)
1.1.6
Error messages during dialysis
Error message
Voltage Failure
Description
The 24-V/12-V supply voltages are drifting. The system enters the safe state and must be switched off/on. The 12-V or 24-V operating voltage is outside of the permissible range: 24 V: > 26 V / < 22.5 V 12 V: > 13.5 to 15 V / < 10.5 V Check the power supply unit. Power supply unit okay: Check the voltages applied to P.C.B. LP 633: +12 V: X633R/A, C31 +24 V: 24V_EM: X633L/B20 The 24-V supply voltage has fallen below 5 V. The system enters the safe state and must be switched off/on. Check the power supply unit. Power supply unit okay: Check the voltages at P.C.B. LP 633: +24V_EM: X633L/B20 Remove all plug-in modules. As soon as the system is running: reconnect each plug-in module individually with the system switched off; determine the defective module and repair it. Completely loosen the hydraulic compartment connections. Caution: J1 must now be fitted on P.C.B. LP 630 since, without it, the system would not be able to perform the watchdog test. Be absolutely sure to remove the jumper again for hemodialysis operation. With the system running, check the short circuit in the hydraulic compartment for 24-V supply and the valves and pumps for short circuit. CPU2 fails to communicate via the serial interface. The system enters the safe state and must be switched off/on. The software versions of CPU1 and CPU2 are mismatching. Hardware defect on CPU2. Deviation in time between CPU1 and CPU2. The error message is emitted 60 seconds after the start of the profile. The clock module on CPU1 (IC14) is defective; or calibrate the time in case of layout < D. Balancing error. System leakage. Applicable to Diasafe systems: On CPU II, the DIP switch array 2, switch 1, is not set to ON. Balancing error. System leakage. Applicable to Diasafe systems: On CPU II, the DIP switch array 2, switch 1, is not set to ON.
24 V Switched Off
CPU-II failed
Profile time diff.
Cyclical PHT F01
Cyclical PHT F02
5/03.09 (TM)
1-71
Cyclical PHT F03 Cyclical PHT F04 V84 faultiness !
IC1 or IC3 on P.C.B. LP 632 is defective, or system leakage. It was not possible to complete the test within a specific time interval. Conductivity is recognized at the V84 electrodes. This error message is emitted for the first time at the end of the T1 test. The error can be acknowledged for the duration of one hemodialysis procedure by pressing the Dialysis Start key. It is, however, not possible to switch off the flow (Bergstrm-/ISO-UF operating mode). Should the error occur during Flow OFF, the flow is switched on automatically. First of all, it must be verified whether a Rinse Failure F01, F02 or F03 occurred during the previous disinfection procedure (see listing of cleaning program errors). Should this be the case, a disinfection program I to IV (not Dis V) must be completed correctly. The problem can also be corrected using the calibration program, NOVRAM menu item (Reset V84). Should this not be possible, the error memory of the system can be read out. Should this neither be possible, the test described below can be performed: Remove the disinfectant. Switch the system off and on again. Perform or skip the T1 test. Should the error message be displayed again at the end of the test, it was generated by a Rinse Failure F01, F02 or F03 and can be cleared only by taking the measures described above. Should the message not be displayed again, a second test can be performed: Reconnect the disinfectant. Set the UF rate and switch on the UF unit. Should the error occur at this moment, there is a leakage on V84 (see listing of cleaning program errors). P.C.B. LP 633 C24 (100n) temporarily short-circuited. Shunt interlock defective (check switches). P.C.B. LP 633 C84 (100n) temporarily short-circuited.
Shunt Cover open (temporarily) Voltage Failure (temporarily) UF1 volume - Error UF2 volume - Error
Failure to pass the test for an UF pump. The fill volume for the secondary air separator is outside the tolerance of 100 ml 4 ml. Possible cause: The affected UF pump fails to deliver correctly (not calibrated or mechanical defect) If the test result is >104 ml, the problem can also be caused by air coming from a poorly deaerated dialyzer.
1-72
5/03.09 (TM)
F327 UF-failure
Pause between two UF1 pump strokes less than 220 ms. Possible cause: CPU-1 defective Pulse time of one UF1 pump stroke less than 180 ms. Possible cause: Controlling monoflop on LP 634 defective Pulse time of one UF1 pump stroke exceeds 500 ms Possible cause: Controlling monoflop on LP 634 defective. Pick-up time of the UF1 pump exceeds 10 sec. Possible cause: Controlling output stage on LP 634 defective. Theoretical/actual rate of the UF1 pump deviates by more than 10 %. Possible cause: System error UF1 pump stopped for more than the maximum time period. Possible cause: Controlling output stage on LP 634 defective. UF pump interruption System error Volume changes by more than 10 ml during prescribed standstill (only monitored if OD is dark). Possible cause: System error Pause between two UF2 pump strokes less than 220 ms. Possible cause: CPU-1 defective Pulse time of one UF2 pump stroke less than 180 ms. Possible cause: Controlling monoflop on LP 634 defective. Pulse time of one UF2 pump stroke exceeds 500 ms. Possible cause: Controlling monoflop on LP 634 defective. Starting time of the UF2 pump exceeds 10 sec. Possible cause: Controlling output stage on LP 634 defective. Desired/actual rate of the UF2 pump deviates by more than 10 %. Possible cause: System error UF2 pump stopped for more than the maximum time period. Possible cause: Controlling output stage on LP 634 defective. UF pump interruption System error
F328 UF-failure
F329 UF-failure
F330 UF-failure
F331 UF-failure
F332 UF-failure
F333 UF-failure
F334 UF-failure
F335 UF-failure
F336 UF-failure
F337 UF-failure
F338 UF-failure
F339 UF-failure
5/03.09 (TM)
1-73
F340 UF-failure
UF2 volume change more than 10 ml although UF is switched off. Possible cause: System error Mechanical UF1 pump failure. Possible cause: Broken spring Contaminated filter Mechanical UF2 pump failure. Possible cause: Broken spring Contaminated filter UF1/UF2 pump volume difference Possible cause: Delivery volume altered A difference of more than 100 ml between the CPU1 and the CPU2 volume is detected during an UF data transfer after turning the UF unit on. Possible cause: System error CPU2 could not detect plausibility of the CPU1 UF parameters. Possible cause: System error CPU2 UF deviation compared to the theoretical UF target volume. Possible cause: System error UF rate exceeds the maximum rate allowed. Possible cause: System error CPU1 sent the UF parameter set to CPU2 and has not received a release from CPU2 after a timeout of 30 s. Possible cause: System error CPU2 did repeatedly not receive a complete UF parameter set. Possible cause: System error UF1 volume change although the UF goal has already been reached. Possible cause: System error UF2 volume change although the UF goal has already been reached. Possible cause: System error
F341 UF-failure
F342 UF-failure
F343 UF-failure
F350 UF-failure
F351 UF-failure
F352 UF-failure
F354 UF-failure
F361 UF-failure
F363 UF-failure
F364 UF-failure
F370 UF-failure
1-74
5/03.09 (TM)
HPU error
Error message
HPU Error F00
Description
The HPU logs off with index STATUS_ER; no bit is set in the error bit field. Problem on P.C.B. LP 941 Problem on CAN distributor board Problem on P.C.B. LP 763 Problem on P.C.B. LP 630 The cyclic communication has failed for more than 2 seconds. System error The response to an event violated the time-out. System error An error occurred in the program sequence. System error Voltage drop (24V_SW) during HPU operation. 24V voltage supply on P.C.B. LP 941 failed (watchdog dropped). Watchdog test failed to be passed. Watchdog circuit on P.C.B. LP 941 Reference voltage monitoring detected an error. Reference voltage circuit on P.C.B. LP 941 is defective. The HPU was logged off by the monitor. Will not be displayed since CPU1 has already stopped the communication. System error General valve malfunction: may occur in HPU SW 2.01 or 3.00. (Software versions before evaluation of the HPU errors). System error Malfunction of the compressor (185) MV43 defective or activated Compressor 185 defective or activated Error on P.C.B. LP 941 Malfunction of valve MV39 MV39 defective or activated Error on P.C.B. LP 941 Malfunction of test valve (183) MV43 defective or activated MV183 defective or activated Error on P.C.B. LP 941
HPU Error F01
HPU Error F02
HPU Error F03
HPU Error F04
HPU Error F05
HPU Error F06
HPU Error F07
HPU Error F08
HPU Error F09
HPU Error F10
HPU Error F11
5/03.09 (TM)
1-75
HPU Error F12
Malfunction of evacuation valve (188) MV188 defective or activated Error on P.C.B. LP 941 Malfunction of retentate valve (189) MV189 defective or activated Error on P.C.B. LP 941 Defective component on P.C.B. LP 941 Error on P.C.B. LP 941 Error in the HPU software. Valves are activated incorrectly. System error Proceeding to the T1 test is not allowed after restart. System error HPU fails without logging off. Damaged cable or similar problem HPU logged off by CPU1 CRC error in the transfer HPU CPU1 BVM is connected via CAN and software <3.20 is installed in the BVM. The VDE test was performed directly after turning the system on. Turn the system on at least 2 minutes before the test.
HPU Error F13
HPU Error F14
HPU Error F15
HPU Error F98
HPU Error F99
1-76
5/03.09 (TM)
ONLINE module errors
Error message
ONL Error F00 ONL Error F01 ONL Error F02 ONL Error F03 ONL Error F04 ONL Error F05 ONL Error F06 ONL Error F07
Description
Online module error Watchdog error Watchdog error Watchdog error Error in the program sequence +24V_WD dropped to less than 17V or was switched off Time-out of the communication watchdog exceeded A transmission from the module was not confirmed by the dialysis system General valve error T1 test skipped T1 test for ONLINEplus failed to be passed Reference voltage is outside the tolerance CRC error EEPROM error The monitor disabled the ONLINEplus module Valve error ONL1 Valve error ONL2 Valve error ONL3
ONL Error F08 ONL Error F09 ONL Error F10 ONL Error F11 ONL Error F12 ONL Error F13 ONL Error F14 ONL Error F16 ONL Error F17 ONL Error F18
5/03.09 (TM)
1-77
1.2
1.2.1
Functional description of the modules

Blood pump (arterial) The blood pump ensures a sufficient blood flow in the extracorporeal blood circuit. It is absolutely necessary that sterility is maintained and that the blood is prevented from becoming contaminated. The blood pump is designed as roller pump provided in an exchangeable plug-in module integrated in the hemodialysis system. The blood line is installed between a stator, which, with its rolling surface bent in a circle, represents a thrust bearing, and a rotor, which is provided with rollers and pivoted in the stator. The pressure of the rollers causes the development of a narrow or seal. If the rollers are moving in the direction of delivery, the blood is pushed in this direction. A microprocessor controls the stepper motor with quartz accuracy, depending on the selected delivery rate, the set line diameter, and the monitor signals. The pressure measuring equipment comprises a piezo-resistive pressure transducer. The pressure-proportional voltage is indicated on the monitor on a quasi-analog LED scale. Functions of the blood pump: RAM and CRC test after turning power on, control and monitoring of the function by a dual processor system, emergency switchoff in case of an alarm: stop recognition (15 or 30 sec), setting of the speed to 180 ml/min during priming, measurement of the arterial pressure or the Single-Needle pressure (depending on the model concerned), semi-automatic loading and unloading of the line segment. Error messages: E.01 Line diameter outside the permissible range E.02 Undefined hex switch position E.03 Uncalibrated arterial pressure transducer E.04 Run-time monitoring error during SN operation E.05 SN stroke volume outside the permissible range E.06 SN pressure thresholds outside the range of values of the A-D converter E.08 Stop alarm E.09 Error during A-D conversion E.12 Rotary monitoring error (Hall sensor) E.13 Monitoring error with regard to current sensing resistors E.14 Monitoring error with regard to current sensing resistors E.15 Speed monitoring error
1-78
5/03.09 (TM)
1.2.2
Blood pump (Single-Needle), optional Essentially, the blood pump (Single-Needle) is identical with the arterial blood pump. The difference lies in the Single-Needle control. During SN operation, the pressure outlet of the compliance vessel is connected to the pressure connector of the SN pump. The pressure transducer is protected by a hydrophobic filter both in the external and the internal tubing system. The SN stroke volume can be set within a range from 10 ml to 50 ml in increments of 5 ml. To adjust it, first press the Start/Stop key and the key simultaneously. Then change the value by using the and keys. The lower changeover point is fixed to 75 mmHg. The upper changeover point depends on the stroke volume:
Stroke volume (ml) Changeover point (mmHg) 7 mmHg
10 110
15 130
20 150
25 172
30 195
35 219
40 244
45 270
50 299
5/03.09 (TM)
1-79
1.2.3
Heparin pump Since the blood flows through an extracorporeal circuit during hemodialysis, coagulation would occur within a short time. The heparin pump allows continuous heparinization of the blood causing the coagulation time to be prolonged. Since the heparin volume required during hemodialysis depends on the respective patient concerned, it must be determined by the attending physician. A syringe plunger is moved by a drive rod, which is connected to a threaded spindle via a sliding block. A microprocessor-controlled stepper motor causes the spindle to rotate. Depending on the type of activation, the plunger moves up or down. A Hall sensor indicates the upper end position of the plunger. The protective system of the pump comprises a speed monitoring unit (slotted disc with optical sensor) as well as a motor current monitoring unit. The different syringe types can be selected by means of a coding switch: 0 20 ml B&D syringe 1 30 ml Fresenius syringe 2 50 ml Fresenius syringe 3 10 ml B&D syringe 4 30 ml B&D syringe 5 50 ml B&D syringe 6 20 ml Terumo syringe 7 30 ml Terumo syringe 8 50 ml Terumo syringe 9 20 ml JMS syringe A 20 ml Nipro syringe B F not used
Caution Do not change the coding switch position during operation.
Function of the heparin pump: RAM and CRC test after turning power on, delivery rate adjustable from 0.1 ml to 10 ml in increments of 0.1 ml, delivery time preselection (stopwatch) adjustable from 1 min to 9 h 59 min, bolus administration.
1-80
5/03.09 (TM)
Error codes: E01 Hardware error, gate array defective E02 Hardware error, reset by spike or test alarm E03 Checksum error, data loss E04 First start-up E05 Incorrect hex switch position E06 Missing or incorrect data for the variable syringe E07 Selection of wrong syringe E11 to E13 Step error E12 Overdelivery during fast return E14 to E15 Error in direction of rotation (software not equal to hardware!) E16 Software error E19 Optical sensor error (stop of syringe holder or optical sensor defective) E20 Error in direction of rotation E33 Step error (impermissible range) E37 Slotted disc error E40 Division error (division by zero) E41 to E42 Error in direction of rotation (fast return) E43 to E44 Error in direction of rotation (slow return) E45 to E46 Error in direction of rotation (fast advance) E47 to E48 Error in direction of rotation (slow advance) E49 Step error (underdelivery during slow advance) E50 Step error (underdelivery during slow return) E51 Step error (overdelivery during fast advance) E55 Error in step counting (optical sensor defective or mechanics too sluggish; no pulses from the slotted disc) E56 Error in step counting (more than 8 pulses during transition of the slotted disc; the slotted disc is oscillating) E90 Display error
5/03.09 (TM)
1-81
1.2.4
Air detector The penetration of air into the patient's extracorporeal blood circuit may cause an air embolism. In order to catch limited amounts of air and to separate accompanying air bubbles, the venous blood line is expanded (venous drip chamber). A major task of the air detector is to monitor the filling level in the venous drip chamber.
Ultrasonic air detector The protection system against air infusion uses the method of ultrasonic transmission. Ultrasonic converters are attached on either side of the venous bubble catcher. At periodic intervals of approx. 90 ms, a transmitting resonator generates attenuated ultrasonic vibrations at a natural resonance of approx. 90 kHz, which are absorbed by a receiving resonator. The amplitude of the signal received is dependent upon the medium between the converters. Its value is at its minimum with the bubble catcher empty (air) and at its maximum with bubble-free fluids. The amplitude decreases with increasing air content (foam). The signal path is fail-safe up to and including the receiving resonator, i.e. the failure of any component always leads to a smaller amplitude and, thus, to an alarm. Starting at the receiving resonator, the signal voltage is always sent onto two independent receiver paths. As soon as the signal is too weak, one of these receiver paths causes the blood pump to stop and the other the venous line clamp to close. The and keys are used to both raise and lower the blood level in the venous bubble catcher. As long as the key is pressed, the venous line clamp closes. The vent valve in the air detector module opens, and the blood level rises. The blood pump runs at reduced speed (180 ml/min). As long as the key is pressed, the venous line clamp remains open. The vent valve in the air detector module opens, the ventilation pump is running, and the blood level sinks. The blood pump runs at the preselected speed.
Optical detector The optical detector serves to detect if there is blood or saline solution or air in the venous return line downstream of the bubble catcher. In the hemodialysis system, the hemodialysis phase is defined by presence of a dark medium and the preparation phase by presence of a clear medium.
Venous pressure measurement The venous pressure measuring equipment comprises a piezo-resistive pressure sensor provided on the P.C.B. with following operational amplifier. The pressure-proportional output voltage is supplied onto the logic P.C.B. in the monitor. There, the pressure is indicated on a quasi-analog LED scale, and the transmembrane pressure is computed by determinig the difference between the dialysate pressure and the venous pressure.
1-82
5/03.09 (TM)
1.3
Functional description of the hydraulic unit

Fig.: Flow diagram
5/03.09 (TM)
1-83
Legend 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 21 22 23 24 24b 25 26 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 41 43 54 61 63 65 66 66a 66b 66c 68 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 84 85 86 87 88 88a 88b 88c 89 90a 90b 91 92 94 95 Temperature sensor Temperature sensor Temperature sensor (OCM option) Float switch Level sensor Conductivity cell Blood leak detector Pressure transducer Reed contact for concentrate Reed contact for bicarbonate Flow pump UF pump Concentrate pump Dialyzer valve 1 Dialyzer valve 2 Bicarbonate pump Bypass valve Degassing pump Outlet valve Balancing chamber valve 1 Balancing chamber valve 2 Balancing chamber valve 3 Balancing chamber valve 4 Balancing chamber valve 5 Balancing chamber valve 6 Balancing chamber valve 7 Balancing chamber valve 8 Negative pressure valve Water inlet valve Fill valve Heater rod Pressure reduction valve Filter/water inlet Loading pressure valve Heater block Water inflow chamber Heater rod chamber Float switch chamber Balancing chamber Filter/concentrate Filter/bicarbonate Filter/dialysate Filter/UF External flow indicator Filter/fill valve Heat exchanger Relief valve Disinfection valve Disinfection connector Recirculation valve Drain valve Multifunction block Degassing chamber Secondary air separator Primary air separator Degassing orifice Concentrate rinse chamber Bicarbonate rinse chamber Rinse valve Vent valve Concentrate suction tube Bicarbonate suction tube 97 98 99 100 102 104 109 110 111 112 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 130 132 133 134 136 137 138 148 149 151 182 183 184 185 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 201 202 203 204 205 210 Air separating pump Rinse valve Rinse valve Rinse valve CDS, concentrate valve CDS, bicarbonate valve Temperature sensor Conductivity cell (OCM option) Hydrophobic filter (advanced hydraulics) Vent valve (advanced hydraulics) Dialysate filter Disinfection valve sensor Fluid sample valve Check valve (concentrate) Check valve (bicarbonate) Filter (concentrate) Filter (bicarbonate) CDS, concentrate connector CDS, bicarbonate connector Pressure switch for V102 Pressure switch for V104 Temperature compensation plate Bibag drain valve Bibag conductivity cell Bibag temperature sensor Bibag pressure transducer Bibag connector Bibag microswitch 1 Bibag microswitch 2 Filter (rinse valve 100) Filter (rinse valve 99) Orifice Pressure transducer 2 (advanced hydraulics) Test valve (advanced hydraulics) Hydrophobic filter Compressor (advanced hydraulics) Evacuation valve Retentate valve Online filter (Online plus option) Online 3 valve (Online plus option) Online 2 valve (Online plus option) Online 1 valve (Online plus option) Rinse port (Online plus option) Substituate port (Online plus option) Concentrate air separator Concentrate level sensor Bicarbonate air separator Bicarbonate level sensor Concentrate / bicarbonate mixing point Filter
Hydraulics measuring points A B C D Reduced water inlet pressure Loading pressure Pressure of flow pump Pressure of degassing pump
1-84
5/03.09 (TM)
1.3.1
Description of the hydraulic unit As soon as the inlet valve (41) opens, the water flows through the pressure reducing valve (61) into the chamber (66a) of the heater block and across the heat exchanger (77) into the heater rod chamber (66b). The concentrate pump (23) admixes concentrate to the inflowing water per balancing chamber phase. The vent tubing prevents pressure from building up in chambers b and c. In the hot rinse mode, the developing vapor can escape through the vent tubing. While it is rising, the fluid is warmed up to the preset temperature by the heater (54). The heater is controlled by the temperature sensor (2). From chamber b, the dialysate flows into the chamber (66c). Incorporated in this chamber is a float switch (5), which controls the solenoid valve (41), thus ensuring the correct fluid level. The degassing pump (29) draws in the dialysate via the degassing orifice (89). This generates a negative pressure of approx. 0.8 bar. In the lines and the following chamber (88a), the dialysate is degassed to a level which is sufficient for hemodialysis. Via the degassing pump (29), dialysate and released air are directed tangentially into the primary air separator (88c), where air bubbles and the airless dialysate are separated. The air accumulates at the top of the chamber (88c). Then, together with the recirculation flow and via the loading pressure valve (65) as well as the chamber (66c), the air escapes into the atmosphere. Chamber 88c is provided with a separating disc (standard hydraulics only), which serves to prevent bicarbonate, if added, from being recirculated via the heater rod chamber (66b). At the bottom of chamber 88c, the degassed dialysate is pressed out and into the balancing chamber (68) by means of the loading pressure. Together with the eight solenoid valves (31 to 38), the balancing chamber (68) constitutes the balancing system. Each of the two sections of the balancing chamber comprises two compartments separated by an elastic membrane each. Hence, there are two chambers with four spaces: F1 and F2: fresh fluid A1 and A2: waste fluid (used) As soon as one of the chambers (A1 or A2) is filled with dialysate, the solenoid valves are reversed in groups of four. The valves are reversed by the electronic evaluation of the current rise pulse of the drive motor of the pump (21), which receives this pulse upon membrane abutment. Within the filling phase, F1 or F2 is filled with fresh dialysate by means of the loading pressure. In order to obtain a continuous flow, a second chamber is switched parallel to the first chamber. The second chamber is operated at an inverse sequence. Each time the chamber is changed over (maximum deflection of the membrane), all valves are closed for approx. 100 ms (dead time). From the balancing chamber, the dialysate flows through the conductivity cell (7) with integrated temperature sensor (3). The measured conductivity values are indicated on the monitor in ms/cm, related to 25 C.
5/03.09 (TM)
1-85
The temperature sensor (3) has the following functions: temperature compensation of the conductivity display, indication of the dialysate temperature. Should the actual values (temperature or conductivity) of the dialysate exceed or fall below the limit settings, the bypass valve (26) opens, and the dialyzer valve (24) is closed. The system is now in the bypass mode. The dialysate is discharged into the drain not via the dialyzer, but via the secondary air separator (88b) and the balancing chamber (68). If the actual conductivity and temperature values of the dialysate are within the set limits, the dialyzer valve (24) opens. The valve (26) is closed. The dialysate flows to the dialyzer. After the dialyzer, the dialysate which is now loaded with the substances usually eliminated with the urine flows into the secondary air separator (88b) via a filter (73), the valve (24b) and the blood leak detector (8). The secondary air separator (88b) comprises the pressure transducer (9) and the level sensor (6). With a hematocrit of 0.25, blood losses of 0.5 ml per minute are recognized in the dialysate by the blood leak detector. Together with the venous back pressure, the signal of the pressure transducer (9) is evaluated and indicated on the monitor as TMP. The fluid level in the secondary air separator (88b) is monitored by the level sensor (6). Due to the secondary air separator (88b), only airless dialysate is always delivered into the balancing chamber (68). Any presence of air bubbles in the balancing chamber (68) would cause balancing errors. The dialysate is pressed into the balancing chamber (68) by the flow pump (21). As mentioned above, the balancing chamber valves are reversed by the current rise pulses of the drive motor of the flow pump. Using the speed of this pump, the dialysate flow can be adjusted in the dialysis program: 300, 500, and 800 ml/min. In the cleaning programs, the flow of the dialysate is fixed. The relief valve (78) is used to limit the pressure of the flow pump before the balancing chamber to approx. 2 bar. After the balancing chamber, the dialysate flows through the valve (30), the heat exchanger (77) and the valve (87) into the drain. The valves (86) and (87) serve to recirculate fluid during the hot rinsing and disinfection programs.
1-86
5/03.09 (TM)
1.3.2
Theory of operation of the balancing chamber (Standard program) 1st cycle:
30
31
32
33
34
68
F1 A1
F2 A2
35
36
37
38
21
2nd cycle:
30
31
32
33
34
68
F1 A1
F2 A2
35
36
37
38
21
5/03.09 (TM)
1-87
1st cycle:
Closed valves: 31, 34, 36, and 37 F1 is filled with fresh dialysate. A1 used dialysate is discharged into the drain. F2 fresh dialysate is forced into the dialyzer. A2 is filled with used dialysate. Closed valves: 32, 33, 35, and 38 F1 fresh solution is forced into the dialyzer. A1 is filled with used dialysate. F2 is filled with fresh dialysate. A2 used dialysate is discharged into the drain.
2nd cycle:
This system ensures that equal amounts of fluid enter and exit the dialyzer. This leads to an exact balancing of the dialysate and, in conjunction with the ultrafiltration pump (22), a controlled volumetric ultrafiltration. Secondary air purging by the air separation pump 97 As soon as the fluid level in the secondary air separator (88b) has dropped below the level sensor (6), this sensor activates the air separation pump (97). Should the fluid level not have reached the level sensor (6) within a given time period, the FILL PROGRAM is started.
Note In order to recognize the fluid level, the level sensor (6) requires fluid with a certain minimum conductivity, which is definitely achieved in all dialysis programs. Separation of air is only required in the dialysis programs. In all other programs, the air separation pump (97) and the valve (43) are force-actuated.
1-88
5/03.09 (TM)
FILL PROGRAM: air separation by valve 43 at atmospheric pressure 1 st cycle:
30
31
32
33
34 76 43
97
68
F1 A1
F2 A2
35
36
37
38
21
88b
6 9 84
2 nd cycle:
30
31
32
33
34 76 43
97
68
F1 A1
F2 A2
35
36
37
38
21
88b
6 9 84
5/03.09 (TM)
1-89
If not enough air was separated and the fluid level is still below the level sensor (6), the FILL PROGRAM is activated. The pump (21) fills either chamber A1 or chamber A2. Valves (36), (38), and (30) are closed. The valve (43) opens. The air can escape into the drain. 1st cycle: Chamber F1 is filled. This forces the fluid from chamber A1 into chamber A2. The fluid is then forced into the seconary air separator (88b) by chamber A2 via the dialyzer. Chamber F2 is filled. This forces the fluid from chamber A2 into chamber A1. The fluid is then forced into the secondary air separator (88b) by chamber A1 via the dialyzer.
2nd cycle:
Filling is performed in this way to prevent a change in conductivity. As is the case in the standard program, here as well one stroke of the concentrate pump is still accomplished per balancing chamber cycle (30 ml). A fill program is always activated at the beginning of hemodialysis (to fill the dialyzer). Should it be activated during the hemodialysis procedure (OD dark), this is shown on the display.
Note Repeated activation of the fill program during treatment indicates a defect (leakages).
1-90
5/03.09 (TM)
1.3.3
Central delivery system option The central delivery system is connected to the connectors 121/122. The concentrate flows into the rinse chambers via the inlet filters and the valves 102/104. Through the connected concentrate suction tubes, the concentrate pumps deliver the concentrate to the mixing point. During hemodialysis, the valves 91/99 and 100 are closed. Depending on the central delivery system, V102 and/or V104 are open. During the cleaning programs, the valves 102 and 104 are closed. During the suction phase of concentrate pump and bicarbonate pump, the valves 91 and 99 open for 500 ms upon each balancing chamber changeover. Valve 100 is open. In order to check the tightness of the valves 102 and 104, the pressure switch is tested during the rinse-clear phase with following disinfection or hot disinfection or a mandatory rinse. To perform this test, pressure is applied to the two lines between the check valves 117/118 and the valves 102/104. The pressure switches P123 and P124 are used to monitor the pressure. Three minutes before the mandatory rinse program is completed, a functional check of the valves 91/99 and 100 is performed.
5/03.09 (TM)
1-91
1.3.4
Program sequences during the cleaning programs
Fig.: Flow chart of cleaning programs overview
End of hemodialysis
Rinse
Hot rinse
Disinfection (cleaning)
PGM 1: R PGM 2: R endless
PGM 1: FHRC PGM 2: FHR PGM 3: IHR / IHRC
PGM 1: FDM PGM 2: FHDISM PGM 3: FDMHR PGM 4: FHDISMHR PGM 5: FD(F)M
Hemodialysis
Explanation of the abbreviations used PGM R R endless F HR C D D(F) HDIS M IHR Program Rinse Endless rinse Rinsing clear Hot rinsing Cooling rinse Disinfection Disinfection Disinfectant drawn in from the front (concentrate suction tube). Hot disinfection Mandatory rinse Integrated hot rinsing
Notes on program runs At the end of the set program, the rinse chamber is evacuated for approx. 1 min. Any statements on time refer to the factory setting. Shorter or longer program times can be set at any time by means of the SETUP menu (see Technical Manual, chapter 6).
1-92
5/03.09 (TM)
Rinse PGM 1: R
T/C
37 33 t/min
Rinse
15 to 30 min (Setup) Start (Rinse key)
Rinse chamber evacuation 10 strokes each approx. 1 min End
PGM 2: R endless
T/C
37 33 t/min Rinse endless
Start (Rinse key)
End (abortion of program)
5/03.09 (TM)
1-93
Hot rinsing PGM 1: FHRC

T/C
80
37 34,5
Heating Rinsing clean

approx. 6 min
Hot rinsing Timing from 80 C

15 to 30 min (Setup)
Cooling rinse Rinse chamber evacuation down to 34.5 C 10 strokes each

approx. 8 min approx. 1 min End
t/min
4 to 10 min approx. 4 min (Setup) Start (Hot rinse key)
PGM 2: FHR
T/C
80
37
Heating Rinsing clean

approx. 6 min
Hot rinsing Timing from 80 C

t/min
4 to 10 min approx. (Setup) 4 min Start (Hot rinse key)
1-94
5/03.09 (TM)
PGM 3: IHR
T/C
80
Integrated hot rinsing

15 to 40 min (Setup) Start (Hot rinse key)
t/min
PGM 3: IHRC
T/C approx. 80
approx. 35
Heating
Integrated hot rinsing

15 to 40 min (SetUp)
Cooling rinse Temperaturecontrolled
t/min
approx. 5 min Start (Hot rinse key)
5/03.09 (TM)
1-95
Disinfection PGM 1: FDM

T/C
37 33 t/min
Rinsing clean Prep.*

4 to 10 min (Setup) Start (Disinfection key)
Disinfection
Mandatory rinse
approx. 1 min 10 to 20 min (Setup) Mandatory rinse requested
*Prep.: preparation phase: Heater off Set the level of the float switch chamber below the lower switching point of the float switch by 1 balancing chamber changeover and 4 UF pump strokes. Aspiration of disinfectant for 50 UF-pump strokes.
PGM 2: FHDISM
T/C
80
37 34,5
Heating
Hot disinfection
Mandatory rinse
Rinse chamber evacuation 10 strokes each approx. 1 min
t/min
4 to 10 min approx. approx. 10 to 20 min (Setup) 1 min 4 min (Setup) approx. 6 min Start (Disinfection key) Mandatory rinse requested
End
1-96
5/03.09 (TM)
PGM 3: FDMHR
T/C
80
37 33 t/min
Rinsing clean 4 to 10 min (Setup)
Prep.*
DisMandatory rinse infection Heating
Hot rinsing
Rinse chamber evacuation 10 strokes each approx. 1 min
approx. 10 to 20 min 15 to 30 min approx. 4 min 1 min (Setup) (Setup) approx. 6 min Mandatory rinse requested
Start (Disinfection key)
End
5/03.09 (TM)
1-97
PGM 4: FHDISMHR
T/C
80
37
Heating
Hot Mandatory rinse disinfection Heating
Hot rinsing
Rinse chamber evacuation 10 strokes each
t/min
4 to 10 min approx. approx. 10 to 20 min 1 min 4 min (Setup) (Setup)
approx. 6 min Mandatory rinse requested Start (Disinfection key)
15 to 30 min approx. 15 to 30 min approx. 1 min 4 min (Setup) (Setup) approx. 6 min End
PGM 5: FD(F)M
T/C
37 33 t/min

4 to 10 min (Setup) Start (Disinfection key)
Disinfection
Mandatory rinse
approx. 1 min 10 to 20 min (Setup) Mandatory rinse requested
*Prep.: preparation phase: Heater off Set the level of the float switch chamber below the lower switching point of the float switch by 23 UF pump strokes. Aspiration of disinfectant for 32 concentrate pump strokes 330 steps.
1-98
5/03.09 (TM)
Table of Contents 2 Technical Safety Checks / Maintenance

Section 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 2.2 Technical Safety Checks and Maintenance for 4008 hemodialysis systems and options ............................................................. Important notes ............................................................................................................... Description Technical Safety Checks and Maintenance ............................................. Report Technical Safety Checks and Maintenance .................................................... Notes Check of the electrical safety ............................................................................ TSC report ..................................................................................................................... Page
2-3 2-3 2-5 2-16 2-21 2-25
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
2-1
2-2
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
2.1
Technical Safety Checks and Maintenance for 4008 hemodialysis systems and options
Important notes This chapter lists all necessary Technical Safety Checks (TSC) and Maintenance procedures (MA). These checks must be performed every 24 months if all of the following requirements have been met: Unique assignment of the rotors to the appropriate line roller pumps Software: 4008 E/B systems: from 4.951 to < 5.00 or with 5.201 or higher 4008 H/S systems: from 2.951 to < 3.00 or with 4.311 or higher DIP switch P.C.B. LP 632 array 2 SW 5 set to OFF. DIP switch P.C.B. LP 631 array 2 SW 7 set to ON. DIP switch P.C.B. LP 631 array 2 SW 8 set to ON. (With CDS option only) Heater rod made of Titanium If one of the requirements mentioned above has not been met, the checks have to be performed every 12 months. Performance of the Technical Safety Checks must be recorded in the Medical Device Register. Please refer to page 2-5 to page 2-14 for the description of the Technical Safety Checks and Maintenance. Please refer to the pages 2-29 and 2-30 for the report for the Technical Safety Checks and Maintenance. Numbers not listed are not part of the TSC. These are part of the Maintenance procedures (MA).
2.1.1
Instructions to be observed when servicing the system Assembly, extensions, adjustments, modifications or repairs may only be carried out by the manufacturer or persons authorized by him. The activities described in the Technical Manual require the availability of the necessary technical test equipment and accessories. When working on the open system, the following precautions must be respected: Protect the components against ingress of fluids. Do not touch live parts (e. g. connectors of the power cable or heater). When repairing and when replacing spare parts, observe the applicable ESD precautions (e.g. EN 100 015-1).
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
2-3
2-4
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
2.1.2
Description Technical Safety Checks and Maintenance
These checks must be performed every 24 months if all of the following requirements have been met: Unique assignment of the rotors to the appropriate line roller pumps Software: 4008 E/B systems: from 4.951 to < 5.00 or with 5.201 or higher 4008 H/S systems: from 2.951 to < 3.00 or with 4.311 or higher DIP switch P.C.B. LP 632 array 2 SW 5 set to OFF. DIP switch P.C.B. LP 631 array 2 SW 7 set to ON. DIP switch P.C.B. LP 631 array 2 SW 8 set to ON. (With CDS option only) Heater rod made of Titanium If one of the requirements mentioned above has not been met, the checks have to be performed every 12 months.
Interval: 24 months 12 months (please check)
These inspections must be carried out by persons who are qualified to properly perform the specified Technical Safety Checks owing to their educational background and training, their knowledge and experience gained in practice and who are not subject to any directions with regard to this inspection activity.
TSC
MA
No. 1
Description Visual inspections Fuses accessible from the outside Labels and identification Mechanical condition Damage and contaminations Rotors of the line roller pumps
Expected value / function
TSC TSC TSC TSC TSC
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.4.1
Must comply with the maximum permissible values. Must be present and legible. Must permit further safe use. There must not be any detectable damage or contamination.
The rotors show no signs of damage. Check the rotors of the line roller pumps. Rotors installed in the proper location and Guide pulleys identification present. Handle disks tight and undamaged. Rollers Check the rollers for smooth running. No mechanical damage on the guide pulleys an other parts of the rotors (see drawing) Handle disk Damaged rotors must be replaced by new ones. (with
identification)
TSC
1.5
Power cable
Must not be damaged.
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
2-5
TSC
MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA
No. 1.6 1.6.1
Description
Preventive Maintenance procedures
MA MA MA MA MA MA MA
Replace the sealing in the concentrate/bicarbonate suction tubes and lubricate with silicone paste. Replace the rivet in the suction tubes, if necessary. 1.6.2 Check the rubber in the rinse chambers for proper function. 1.6.3 Replace the filters of the suction tubes (71/72). 1.6.4 Retighten the rinse chamber (90a/90b) screws. 1.6.5 Replace the check valve (92). When using CDS, replace the check valves (117/118) and the filters 119/120. 1.6.6 Replace the filter sieves; upstream of the UF pump (filter 74), downstream of MV43 (filter 76), between MV99 and rinse chamber (filter 149), between MV100 and rinse chamber (filter 148). 1.6.7 Replace the filter sieve in the dialyzer line; replace the complete filter (73), if necessary. 1.6.8 Replace the O-rings in the dialyzer couplings. 1.6.9 Check the line in the sampling valve (116) dialysate circuit for proper function, replace the complete valve, if necessary. 1.6.10 Clean or replace the fan filter in the monitor. 1.6.11 Check the air separation pump (97): replace the belt ribbon and the line segment. Observe direction of delivery. 1.6.12 MV 84 must be replaced after 2 years.
Only if Puristeril is used.

1.6.13 Replace the connecting piece or equilibration chamber. Only for systems in which the ONLINEplus option or the DIASAFEplus option is
not used.
MA MA MA 1.6.14 Replace filter 210 (if present). 1.6.15 Replace the filter of the disinfectant suction tube. 1.6.16 Replace worn or dirty tubings. 2 TSC 2.1 General checks Power failure alarm Dialysis mode; Continuous sound after removing the power plug. Text displayed: Emergency operation The extracorporeal blood circuit incl. all monitoring functions is maintained. Draw in air via the dialysate couplings. The air separation pump is activated. If more air is detected, the system will switch to the fill program, depending on the dialysate flow. Text displayed when the OD senses opaque fluid: Fillprogram P.C.B. LP 631 (CPU1) DIP switch array 2 SW7 is set to ON. With central delivery system: P.C.B. LP 631 (CPU1) DIP switch array 2 SW8 is set to ON.
TSC
2.2
Check level sensor
TSC
2.3
Check DIP switches
2-6
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
TSC
MA
No. 3
Description Check of the hydraulics
Check all pressures with undamped pressure gauges!

MA 3.1 Check the water inlet pressure (reduced) and correct, if necessary. Check the balancing chamber loading pressure and correct, if necessary. Connect a pressure gauge before MV41 to measuring point A in the hydraulic unit. With the valve MV41 closed the pressure should range between 0.9 and 1.4 bar. Connect a pressure gauge to the pressure side of the degassing pump (measuring point B in the hydraulic unit). The pressure should be between 1.2 and 1.3 bar. In case of the equipment codes 4008B - EC495 4008H - EC295 4008S - EC275 and higher, the pressure must be 1.45 bar 0.05 bar. Connect a pressure gauge to the suction side of the degassing pump (measuring point D in the hydraulic unit). The negative pressure should be between 0.81 and 0.85 bar. Connect a pressure gauge to the pressure side of the flow pump (measuring point C in the hydraulic unit). The relief pressure depends on the loading pressure set ( MA 3.2): Loading pressure: Relief pressure: 1.2 to 1.3 bar 1.9 to 2.1 bar 1.45 0.05 bar 2.2 0.05 bar
MA
3.2
MA
3.3
Check the negative degassing pump pressure
MA
3.4
Check the balancing chamber relief pressure at a flow of 800 ml/min (relief valve 78).
4 STK 4.1
Ultrafiltration system and membrane pumps Check the delivery volume of the UF pump. In the dialysis mode collect 60 ml of dialysate in an appropriate graduated cylinder. 60 strokes = 60 ml (0.5 ml). Correct the setting of the UF pump, if necessary. Collect the volume of two consecutive balancing chamber switchings. The average volume must be 30 ml 1 ml. Adjust according to calibration instructions, if necessary. Adjust according to calibration instructions, if necessary.
WA
4.2
Check the balancing chamber volume. Test the concentrate pump volume or compare it with an appropriate reference. Test the bicarbonate pump volume or compare it with an appropriate reference.
WA
4.3
WA
4.4
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
2-7
TSC
MA
No. 5
Description Dialysis mode Temperature
MA
5.1
Use a reference meter connected between the dialyzer couplings to verify that the temperature is 37 C 0.5 C. Correct any deviations with the calibration program. The temperature shown on the monitor front panel must be 37 C 0.5 C. Correct any deviations with the calibration program. Collect fluid on the drain using a measuring cylinder. 800 ml/min (desired value: 765 to 837 ml/min) 500 ml/min (desired value: 471 to 528 ml/min) 300 ml/min (desired value: 279 to 321 ml/min) Adjust according to calibration instructions, if necessary. Perform a TMP test according to the calibration instructions. (part 14 CAL. DIAL. PRESSURE) When the bibag option is used, connect a bibag! Measure the conductivity with a reference meter connected between the dialyzer couplings. The conductivity measured must agree with the value on the reference meter. Correct any deviations with the calibration program.
MA
5.2
Temperature display (not applicable for 4008 B / 4008 S) Verify the dialysate flow 300/500/800 ml/min
MA
5.3
MA
5.4
Dialysate pressure
TSC
5.5
Verify the conductivity display
2-8
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
TSC
MA
No. 6
Description Extracorporeal components Arterial pressure transducer
MA
6.1
Check the slope of the pressure transducer. After applying a pressure of approx. 200 mmHg to the pressure transducer the value displayed must agree with the reading shown on the external reference meter (tolerance 10 mmHg). Correct any deviations with the calibration program. Check the slope of the pressure transducer. After applying a pressure of approx. 300 mmHg to the pressure transducer the value displayed on the system must agree with the reading shown on the external reference meter (tolerance 10 mmHg). Correct any deviations with the calibration program. Check the blood pump rate (calibration program: BP-Rate CHECK). Check the switching points according to the table in the TM. Opening the blood pump door will trigger the blood pump stop alarm after 30 s (factory setting). In the event of a blood alarm, the venous line clamp must close. Generate a pressure of about 2 bar in the venous bubble catcher. Ensure that the pressure does not drop by more than 0.1 bar within 3 minutes. (See chapter 3, Adjustment instructions.)
MA
6.2
Venous pressure transducer
TSC TSC TSC TSC TSC
6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7
Arterial and Single-Needle blood pump rate SN switching points Check the blood pump stop alarm. Air detector
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
2-9
TSC
MA
No. 7 7.1
Description Options bibag bibag connector PSW 134
MA MA
7.1.1 7.1.2
Replace the O-rings. Check the switching pressure. The maximum switching pressure is 130 mbar + 30 mbar.
7.2 MA MA MA 7.2.1 7.2.2 7.2.3 7.3 MA MA 7.3.1 7.3.2 7.4 TSC 7.4.1
DIASAFE DIASAFE filter life Hydrophobic filter 111 O-rings in the dialysate couplings of the DIASAFE DIASAFEplus DIASAFEplus filter life Hydrophobic filter 111 4008 HDF Check the delivery rate of the 2nd UF pump. Collect 60 ml of dialysate in the dialysis mode using an appropriate measuring cylinder. 60 strokes = 60 ml (0.5 ml) If necessary, correct the value. Check the filter life. Filter life: 12 weeks Replace the filter. Check the filter life. Filter life: 12 weeks Replace the filter. Replace the O-rings.
2-10
5/03.09 (TM)
TSC
MA
No. 7.5
Description ON-LINE-HDF (and DIASAFE) Filter life of DIASAFE and ON-LINE filter
MA
7.5.1
Check the filter life. Filter life of the DIASAFE: 12 weeks Filter life of ON-LINE filter: 8 weeks or 50 treatments Replace the filter. Replace the O-rings. Check the rotor for smooth running and wear. Check the fastening strap for Luer-lock. Speed 150 ml/min To determine the delivery volume: the volume of fluid delivered must agree with the preset value (10 %). To check the speed: with the above setting the blood pump rotor must turn at 13.5 rpm. (See Technical Manual ON-LINE-HDF, chapter 3).
MA MA MA MA TSC
7.5.2 7.5.3 7.5.4 7.5.5 7.5.6
Hydrophobic filter 111 O-rings in the dialysate couplings of the DIASAFE HDF pump rotor Fastening strap Substituate pump (part no. 672 521 1) with DC motor
or
Substituate pump (part no. 674 982 1) with stepper motor TSC 7.5.7 Substituate pump stop Check the pump rate (calibration program: BP-Rate CHECK). Stop the substituate pump by triggering a blood alarm, triggering the bypass function, opening the blood pump door. Start the rinse program; the pump will deliver at 400 ml/min. Start the hot rinse program; the pump will deliver at 150 ml/min. Start the disinfection program; the pump will deliver at 400 ml/min.
TSC
7.5.8
Substituate pump function Rinse Hot rinse Disinfection
2-11
TSC
MA
No. 7.6
Description
ONLINEplus (and DIASAFEplus) Filter life of DIASAFEplus and ONLINEplus filter Hydrophobic filters 111 and 184 Substituate port (195) and rinse port (194) Line pinch valve 193 (ONL1) Check DIP switch Check the filter life. Filter life of DIASAFEplus and ONLINEplus filter: 12 weeks or 100 treatments Replace the filters. Replace the O-rings. Replace the line. With HPU (hydraulic processing unit) P.C.B. LP 632 (CPU2) DIP switch array 2 switch 5 is set to OFF.
MA
7.6.1
MA MA TSC TSC
7.6.2 7.6.3 7.6.4 7.6.5
7.7 MA
OCM Perform OCM PULSE calibration.
2-12
5/03.09 (TM)
TSC
MA
No. 7.8
Description BPM 4008 Labels and indications Mechanical condition
MA MA MA MA MA MA
7.8.1 7.8.2
Must be present and clearly legible. Check of the actual condition. Must permit further safe use.
7.8.2.1 Check whether the line connector is correctly attached to the system. 7.8.2.2 Check whether the internal blood pressure module, the printed circuit boards and all cable connections are correctly fixed. 7.8.2.3 Replace damaged lines or cuffs. 7.8.2.4 Indicating elements Visual and audible functional checks after turn-on. (See Operating Instructions BPM 4008, chapter 2.2) Check whether the touch panel is functioning correctly. Perform the leakage test with cuff and pressure line connected. The pressure leakage rate must be less than 6 mmHg/min. (See Technical Manual BPM 4008, chapter 3.1) Calibration: Pressure values: Tolerance: 250 mmHg 5 mmHg 200 mmHg 4 mmHg 150 mmHg 3 mmHg 100 mmHg 3 mmHg 050 mmHg 3 mmHg (See Technical Manual BPM 4008, chapter 3.2) Check the safety valve. The system must be discharged at 320 mmHg 10 mmHg. (See Technical Manual BPM 4008, chapter 3.3) Measure the blood pressure in the manual mode. Check the results for plausibility.
MA TSC
7.8.2.5 Touch panel 7.8.3 Leakage test
TSC
7.8.4
Calibration
TSC
7.8.5
Safety valve
TSC
7.8.6 7.9
Measuring of blood pressure BTM 4008
No further Technical Safety Checks and Maintenance procedures must be performed. 7.10 BVM 4008 No further Technical Safety Checks and Maintenance procedures must be performed.
2-13
TSC
MA
No. 8
Description
Check of the electrical safety In Germany according to DIN VDE 0751 standard 1st edition 10/2001. In other countries, observe the local regulations! For measuring points, see 2.1.4 Notes Check of the electrical safety.
TSC TSC TSC
8.1 8.2 8.3
Visual inspections performed Protective earth resistance
see item 1 Visual inspections Max. 0.3 (with power cable)
Measurement of the leakage current (device leakage current) Differential current measurement according to fig. C.6
M1
L (N) L N (L)
PE
or
Direct measurement according to fig. C.5
PE
MD
Basic conditions: Measurement of the protective earth resistance has been completed. Perform the measurement with the system being at operating temperature in the Dialysis or Preparation operation mode. Dialysate: Dialysis temperature 37C Dialysate flow 300 ml/min Conductivity 13 mS/cm When performing a direct measurement, the following precautions must be observed: The system must be installed under insulated conditions. All external connections must have been removed from the system.
2-14
5/03.09 (TM)
TSC
MA
No.
Description
Documentation covers the line voltage during the measurement and the maximum device leakage current of both mains polarities scaled to the line voltage of the power supply. Maximum device leakage current: 500 A
Example: Line voltage during measurement: 225 V Device leakage current for mains polarity 1: 180 A for mains polarity 2: 120 A Maximum value of both mains polarities: 180 A Nominal voltage of the power supply: 230 V Scaled to nominal voltage: 184 A (180 A : 225 V 230 V = 184 A) Device leakage current < 500 A: OK
Additional conditions: If the device leakage current is higher than 90 % of the admissible alarm limit (450 A), the last measured value or the first measured value must additionally be considered for the rating. If the device leakage current considerably increased since the last measurement or continuously increased since the first measurement (creeping deterioration of the insulation), or if the sum composed of the current value plus the difference since the last measurement is > 500 A, the measurement has not been passed.
Example 1: Leakage current: 470 A Last measured value: 450 A 470 + (470 450) = 470 + 20 = 490 OK Example 2: Leakage current: 470 A Last measured value: 390 A 470 + (470 390) = 470 + 80 = 550 not passed
9 TSC MA 9.1 9.2
Functional check Perform the functional test Hot rinse / disinfection Press the Test key. The system must successfully pass the T1 test. Run a disinfection program.
2-15
2.1.3
Report Technical Safety Checks and Maintenance
These checks must be performed every 24 months if all of the following requirements have been met: Unique assignment of the rotors to the appropriate line roller pumps Software: 4008 E/B systems: from 4.951 to < 5.00 or with 5.201 or higher 4008 H/S systems: from 2.951 to < 3.00 or with 4.311 or higher DIP switch P.C.B. LP 632 array 2 SW 5 set to OFF. DIP switch P.C.B. LP 631 array 2 SW 7 set to ON. DIP switch P.C.B. LP 631 array 2 SW 8 set to ON. (With CDS option only) Heater rod made of Titanium If one of the requirements mentioned above has not been met, the checks have to be performed every 12 months.
Customer/Customer no.: Serial no.: System type: 4008 Inventory no.: 4008 B 4008 H 4008 S
Service report no.: Operating hours:
With option: SN bibag 4008 HDF ON-LINE-HDF ONLINEplus BPM BVM DIASAFE DIASAFEplus OCM
BTM
TSC TSC TSC TSC TSC TSC MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA MA
1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.4.1 1.5 1.6 1.6.1 1.6.2 1.6.3 1.6.4 1.6.5 1.6.6 1.6.7 1.6.8 1.6.9 1.6.10 1.6.11 1.6.12 1.6.13 1.6.14 1.6.15 1.6.16
Visual checks Fuses accessible from the outside comply with the indicated values................................ Labels and identifications present and legible ................................................................... Mechanical conditions permits further safe use ................................................................. No damage or contaminations detectable ......................................................................... The rotors of the line roller pumps show no signs of damage ........................................... Power cable not damaged ................................................................................................. Preventive Maintenance procedures Sealing in the suction tubes changed and lubricated, rivet replaced ................................ Rubber in rinse chambers checked for proper function ..................................................... Suction tube filters replaced ............................................................................................... Rinse chamber screws tight ............................................................................................... Check valve replaced ......................................................................................................... Pre-UF pump filter, filter downstream of MV43, filter between rinse chambers, and on MV99, MV100, CDS and disinfectant port replaced .............................................. Dialysate filter replaced or sieve changed ......................................................................... O-rings in dialyzer couplings replaced ............................................................................... Sampling valve functions properly ..................................................................................... Fan filter replaced ............................................................................................................... Ribbon belt and line segment in air separation pump changed ......................................... MV84, replaced after 2 years. (Only if Puristeril is used.) ................................................. Connecting piece or equilibration chamber replaced. (Only if ONLINEplus or DIASAFEplus option is not used.) .............................................. Filter 210 replaced (if present) ........................................................................................... Filter of the disinfectant suction tube replaced .................................................................. No dirty or worn tubings .....................................................................................................
2-16
5/03.09 (TM)
2 TSC 2.1 TSC 2.2 TSC 2.3
General checks Power failure alarm continous sound display: Emergency operation .......................... Air separation by air separation pump activated; display if more air must be separated and OD senses opaque fluid: fill program ............. Check DIP switches P.C.B. LP 631 (CPU1) DIP switch array 2 SW7 is set to ON. With central delivery system: P.C.B. LP 631 (CPU1) DIP switch array 2 SW8 is set to ON. ........................................... Check of the hydraulics Water inlet pressure (reduced) 0.9 bar to 1.4 bar ................... Measured value:________ Loading pressure 1.25 bar 0.05 bar ...................................... Measured value:________ With EC495 (4008B); EC295(4008H), EC 275 (4008S) and higher Loading pressure 1.45 bar 0.05 bar ...................................... Measured value:________ Negative degassing pump pressure 0.81 to 0.85 bar ............. Measured value:________ Balancing chamber relief pressure at 800 ml/min ................... Measured value:________ Loading pressure: Relief pressure: 1.2 to 1.3 bar 1.9 to 2.1 bar 1.45 0.05 bar 2.2 0.05 bar Ultrafiltration system and membrane pumps UF pump, 1 stroke = 1 ml, 60 strokes = 60 ml 0.5 ml ........... Measured value:________ Average balancing chamber volume 30 1 ml ....................... Measured value:________ Concentrate pump calibration volume removal / number of strokes .................................................................... Measured value:________ Bicarbonate pump calibration volume removal / number of strokes .................................................................... Measured value:________ Dialysis mode Expected temperature 37 C 0.5 C ..................................... Measured value:________ Temperature display 37 C 0.5 C ....................................... Measured value:________ Dialysate flow check 800 ml/min (desired value: 765 to 837 ml/min) ................... Measured value:________ 500 ml/min (desired value: 471 to 528 ml/min) ................... Measured value:________ 300 ml/min (desired value: 279 to 321 ml/min) ................... Measured value:________ Dialysate pressure Check zero point with flow off ......................................................................................... Slope checked ................................................................................................................ Conductivity display checked with reference meter ........................................................... If the bibag option is used, connect a bibag! CD system ........................................................................... Measured value:________ CD ref. ................................................................................. Measured value:________ Extracorporeal components Arterial pressure displayed checked with reference meter ................................................ Venous pressure displayed checked with reference meter ............................................... Blood pumps: blood pump rate checked (calibration program: BP-Rate CHECK) ............ SN switching pressure checked according to table in TM ................................................. Blood pump stop alarm checked ........................................................................................ Venous line clamp closes after blood alarm ...................................................................... Pressure of about 2 bar in the venous bubble catcher ...................................................... Pressure must not drop by more than 0.1 bar within 3 minutes. .......................................
MA MA
3 3.1 3.2
MA MA
3.3 3.4
4 TSC 4.1 MA 4.2 MA 4.3 MA 4.4 5 5.1 5.2 5.3
MA MA MA
MA
5.4
TSC 5.5
MA MA TSC TSC TSC TSC TSC
6 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7
2-17
7 MA MA 7.1 7.1.1 7.1.2 7.2 7.2.1 7.2.2 7.2.3 7.3 7.3.1 7.3.2
Options bibag bibag connector, O-rings replaced ................................................................................... Switching pressure of PSW134 checked, 130 mbar, + 30 mbar ............................................................... Measured value:________ DIASAFE DIASAFE filter life checked ................................................................................................ Hydrophobic filter 111 replaced ......................................................................................... O-rings in the dialysate couplings of the DIASAFE replaced ............................................ DIASAFEplus DIASAFEplus filter life checked .......................................................................................... Hydrophobic filter 111 replaced ......................................................................................... 4008 HDF 2nd UF pump 1 stroke = 1 ml, 60 strokes = 60 ml 0.5 ml ...... Measured value:________ ON-LINE-HDF (and DIASAFE) Filter life of the DIASAFE and ON-LINE filter checked ...................................................... Hydrophobic filter 111 replaced ......................................................................................... O-rings in the dialysate couplings of the DIASAFE replaced ............................................ HDF pump rotor checked (smooth running, wear) ............................................................. Fastening strap for Luer-lock checked ............................................................................... Substituate pump ............................................................................................................... (part no. 672 521 1) with DC motor: volume delivered by the pump checked ............................... desired/actual:____/____ or (part no. 674 982 1) with stepper motor: pump rate checked (calibration program: HDF-P.-Rate CHECK) Substituate pump stop after blood alarm ............................................................................................................. after triggering the bypass function ................................................................................ after opening the blood pump door ................................................................................ Check substituate pump for proper function Rinse program, delivery rate: 400 ml/min ...................................................................... Hot rinse program, delivery rate: 150 ml/min ................................................................. Disinfection program, delivery rate: 400 ml/min ............................................................. ONLINEplus (and DIASAFEplus) Filter life of DIASAFEplus and ONLINEplus checked....................................................... Hydrophobic filters 111 and 184 replaced ......................................................................... O-rings in substituate port 195 and in rinse port 194 replaced .......................................... Line in the line pinch valve 193 (ONL1) replaced .............................................................. Check DIP switch With HPU (hydraulic processing unit) P.C.B. LP 632 (CPU2) DIP switch array 2 switch 5 is set to OFF. ....................................
MA MA MA MA MA
7.4 TSC 7.4.1 MA MA MA MA MA TSC 7.5 7.5.1 7.5.2 7.5.3 7.5.4 7.5.5 7.5.6
TSC 7.5.7
TSC 7.5.8
7.6 MA 7.6.1 MA 7.6.2 MA 7.6.3 TSC 7.6.4 TSC 7.6.5
7.7 MA
OCM OCM PULSE calibration performed ...................................................................................
2-18
5/03.09 (TM)
BPM 4008 Labels and indications are present and legible .................................................................. Mechanical condition permits further safe use .................................................................. Line connector is correctly fixed to the system .................................................................. Internal blood pressure module, printed circuit boards, cable connections are correctly fixed ..................................................................................................................... MA 7.8.2.3 Damaged lines or cuffs have been replaced ...................................................................... MA 7.8.2.4 Indicating elements checked .............................................................................................. MA 7.8.2.5 Touch panel checked ......................................................................................................... TSC 7.8.3 Leakage test: pressure leakage rate less than 6 mmHg/min ............................................. TSC 7.8.4 Calibration: Pressure values Tolerance 250 mmHg 5mmHg ..................................................... Measured value:________ 200 mmHg 5mmHg ..................................................... Measured value:________ 150 mmHg 3mmHg ..................................................... Measured value:________ 100 mmHg 3mmHg ..................................................... Measured value:________ 050 mmHg 3mmHg ..................................................... Measured value:________ TSC 7.8.5 Safety valve: discharge at 320 mmHg, 10 mmHg ............................................................ TSC 7.8.6 Blood pressure measured .................................................................................................. MA MA MA MA 7.9 7.10 8 BTM 4008 No further Technical Safety Checks and Maintenance procedures must be performed. BVM 4008 No further Technical Safety Checks and Maintenance procedures must be performed. Check of the electrical safety In Germany according to DIN VDE 0751 standard 1st Edition 10/2001. In other countries, observe the local regulations! For measuring points, see 2.1.4 VDE check. For 4008 HDF option, check additional measuring point! TSC 8.1 TSC 8.2 TSC 8.3
7.8 7.8.1 7.8.2 7.8.2.1 7.8.2.2
Visual inspections performed according to item 1 ............................................................. Protective earth resistance max. 0.3 (with power cable) .... Measured value:________ Measurement of the leakage current ................................................................................. Differential current measurement according to fig. C.6 or Direct measurement according to fig. C.5 Nominal voltage of power supply ................... ________ Volt Device leakage current mains polarity 1 ........ ________ A for line voltage ................................................ ________ Volt scaled to nominal voltage (maximum 500 A, see also Additional conditions) ............................................. Measured value:________ Device leakage current mains polarity 2 ........ ________ A for line voltage ................................................ ________ Volt scaled to nominal voltage (maximum 500 A, see also Additional conditions) ............................................. Measured value:________ Test equipment used: ______________________________
9 TSC 9.1 MA 9.2
Final checks T1 test performed ............................................................................................................... Hot rinse / disinfection performed ......................................................................................
2-19
Date:
Signature:
Stamp:
The system has been released for further use Remarks: Date: Signature: Stamp:
Yes
No
2-20
5/03.09 (TM)
2.1.4
Notes Check of the electrical safety Test 4008 E, 4008 H 1. Protective earth resistance measuring points
4 1 5 6
8 2 9 3
Legend 1 2 Monitor rear panel (ports housing) Hydraulic unit rear panel (plate on the push-on blade inside) Caution: The grounding cable must be connected. Ground stud for potential equalization 4 5 6 7 8 9 Upper rear panel (screw) Heat sink (power supply unit) Monitor rear panel (plate) Power supply plate Heater rod housing (hydraulic unit open) Dialyzer line ports (hydraulic unit open / earthing screw)
2. Use a meter (e.g. SECUTEST 0701) to check the leakage current.
2-21
Test 4008 B, 4008 S 1. Protective earth resistance measuring points
1 5
Legend 1 2 Ground stud for potential equalization Upper rear panel (screw) 3 4 5 Heat sink (power supply unit) Heater rod housing (hydraulic unit open) Dialyzer line ports (adapters)
2-22
5/03.09 (TM)
Test 4008 HDF (option) 1. Protective earth resistance measuring point
Measuring point Protective earth resistance test
3. Measurement conditions The measurements must be taken in the dialysis mode in the ON phase of the heater control system. The scales must be moved out to such an extent that neither of the two end switches are actuated (middle position).
2-23
2-24
5/03.09 (TM)
2.2
TSC report 4008 TSC report Page 1/2

These checks must be performed every 24 months if all of the following requirements have been met: Unique assignment of the rotors to the appropriate line roller pumps Software: 4008 E/B systems: from 4.951 to < 5.00 or with 5.201 or higher 4008 H/S systems: from 2.951 to < 3.00 or with 4.311 or higher DIP switch P.C.B. LP 632 array 2 SW 5 set to OFF. DIP switch P.C.B. LP 631 array 2 SW 7 set to ON. DIP switch P.C.B. LP 631 array 2 SW 8 set to ON. (With CDS option only) Heater rod made of Titanium If one of the requirements mentioned above has not been met, the checks have to be performed every 12 months. Name of technician: Customer/Customer no.: Inventory no.: System type: With option(s):
No. 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.4.1 1.5 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 Description Visual inspections Fuses accessible from the outside comply with the indicated values Labels and identifications are present and legible Mechanical condition permits further safe use No damage or contaminations detectable No signs of damage on the line roller pump rotors Power cable not damaged General checks Power failure alarm continuous sound text displayed: Emergency operation Air separation by air separation pump activated; text displayed if more air must be separated and OD senses opaque fluid: Fill program Check of DP switches P.C.B. LP 631 (CPU1) DIP switch array 2 SW7 is set to ON. With Central Delivery System: P.C.B. LP 631 (CPU1) DIP switch array 2 SW8 is set to ON. Ultrafiltration system and membrane pumps UF pump, 1 stroke = 1 ml, 60 strokes = 60 ml 0.5 ml Dialysis mode Conductivity display checked using a reference meter CD system/CD ref. (If the bibag option is used, connect a bibag.) Extracorporeal components Blood pumps: check the blood pump rate (calibration program: BP-Rate CHECK) SN switching pressure checked according to table in TM Blood pump stop alarm checked Venous line clamp closes after blood alarm Pressure of approx. 2 bar in the venous bubble catcher. Pressure must not drop by more than 0.1 bar within 3 minutes. Options 4008 HDF Volume delivered by the 2nd UF pump checked: 60 strokes = 60 ml 0.5 ml Online-HDF Substituate pump (part no. 672 521 1) with DC motor: check volume delivered by the pump desired/actual or Substituate pump (part no. 674 982 1) with stepper motor: check the pump rate (calibration program:BP-Rate CHECK)
Service report no.:
Serial no.:
Operating hours:
Measured value
4 4.1 5 5.5 6 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 7 7.4 7.4.1 7.5 7.5.6
2-25
4008
Nr. 7.5.7
TSC report Page 2/2
7.5.8
7.6 7.6.4 7.6.5 7.8 7.8.3 7.8.4
7.8.5 7.8.6 8 8.1 8.2 8.3
Bezeichnung Substituate pump stop: after blood alarm after triggering the bypass function after opening the blood pump door Check substituate pump for proper function: Rinse program, delivery rate: 400 ml/min Hot rinse program, delivery rate: 150 ml/min Disinfection program, delivery rate: 400 ml/min ONLINEplus Line in the line pinch valve 193 (ONL1) replaced Check of DP switch With HPU (hydraulic processing unit) P.C.B. LP 632 (CPU2) DIP switch array 2 SW5 is set to OFF. BPM 4008 Leakage test: pressure leakage rate less than 6 mmHg/min Calibration 250 mmHg 5 mmHg 200 mmHg 5 mmHg 150 mmHg 3 mmHg 100 mmHg 3 mmHg 50 mmHg 3 mmHg Safety valve: discharge at 320 mmHg 10 mmHg Blood pressure measured Checking the electrical safety In Germany according to DIN VDE 0751 standard 1st edition 10/2001. In other countries, observe the local regulations! Visual inspection performed according to item 1. Protective earth resistance maximum 0.3 ohms (with power cable) Measurement of the leakage current (device leakage current) Differential current measurement according to fig. C.6 or Direct measurement according to fig. C.5 Nominal voltage of power supply: Device leakage current mains polarity 1 V A
Mewert
for line voltage V scaled to nominal voltage (maximum 500 A, see also Additional conditions) Device leakage current mains polarity 2 for line voltage A V
scaled to nominal voltage (maximum 500 A, see also Additional conditions) Test equipment used Functional test T1 test performed
9 9.1
Date:
Signature:
Stamp:
The system has been released for further use Remarks: Date: Signature: Stamp:
Yes
No
2-26
5/03.09 (TM)
Table of contents 3 Adjustment instructions

Section Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.4 3.3.5 3.3.6 3.3.7 3.4 Measuring equipment ............................................................................................ Flow diagram hydraulics incl. DIASAFEplus (Option) with basic hydraulics ......... Flow diagram hydraulics 4008 with advanced hydraulics ..................................... P.C.B. overview ..................................................................................................... Page 3-2 3-4 3-6 3-8 3-9 3-9 3-10 3-11 3-12 3-13 3-13 3-13 3-15 3-16 3-18 3-20 3-22 3-24 3-26 3-28 3-31
Overview of the DIP switches in the 4008 .................................................................. P.C.B. LP 631 (CPU 1) DIP switch array 1 .................................................................... P.C.B. LP 631 (CPU 1) DIP switch array 2 .................................................................... P.C.B. LP 632 (CPU 2) DIP switch array 1 .................................................................... P.C.B. LP 632 (CPU 2) DIP switch array 2 .................................................................... Calibration mode .......................................................................................................... Basic conditions .............................................................................................................. Messages on the displays on the UF monitor (4008 E/B) or on the screen (4008 H/S) Hydraulics ..................................................................................................................... Reduced water inlet pressure ......................................................................................... Degassing pump pressure ............................................................................................. Balancing chamber loading pressure ............................................................................. Flow pump pressure ....................................................................................................... UF pump volume ............................................................................................................ CDS pressure switch ...................................................................................................... bibag pressure transducer calibration .......................................................................... Air detector ...................................................................................................................
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
3-1
Fig.: Measuring equipment
10
11
3-2
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
Pos. 1 2 3
Measuring equipment Pressure gauge HMED with carrying case (set) Universal measuring device UMED (set) (conductivity, pressure, temperature) Secutest VDE tester (without printer module) Printer module (not ill.) Carrying case (not ill.) Calibration kit for 22 mm AD 4008 Service Software set Electronic pocket scales Test weight with spirit level and certificate Measuring cylinder, 100 ml (not ill.) Special tool for installation and removal of modules (not ill.) ESD service kit ESD work station kit IC extraction tool
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
The current list of the measuring equipment with part numbers can be found in the electronic Spare Pars Catalog.
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
3-3
Fig.: Flow diagram hydraulics incl. DIASAFEplus (Option) with basic hydraulics
3-4
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
Legend 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 21 22 23 24 24b 25 26 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 41 43 54 61 63 65 66 66a 66b 66c 68 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 84 85 Temperature sensor Temperature sensor Float switch Level sensor Conductivity cell Blood leak detector Pressure transducer Reed contact for concentrate Reed contact for bicarbonate Flow pump UF pump Concentrate pump Dialyzer valve 1 Dialyzer valve 2 Bicarbonate pump Bypass valve Degassing pump Outlet valve Balancing chamber valve 1 Balancing chamber valve 2 Balancing chamber valve 3 Balancing chamber valve 4 Balancing chamber valve 5 Balancing chamber valve 6 Balancing chamber valve 7 Balancing chamber valve 8 Water inlet valve Fill valve Heater rod Pressure reducing valve Water inlet filter Loading pressure valve Heater block Water inflow chamber Heater rod chamber Float chamber Balancing chamber Filter/concentrate Filter/bicarbonate Filter/dialysate ext. Filter/UF External flow indicator Filter/fill valve Heat exchanger Relief valve Disinfectant valve Disinfectant connector 86 Recirculation valve 87 Drain valve 88 Multifunction block 88a Degassing chamber 88b Secondary air separator 88c Primary air separator 89 Degassing orifice 90a Rinse chamber concentrate 90b Rinse chamber bicarbonate 91 Rinse valve 92 Vent valve 94 Concentrate suction tube 95 Bicarbonate suction tube 97 Air separation pump 99 Rinse valve 100 Rinse valve 102 Central concentrate delivery valve 104 Central bicarbonate delivery valve 109 Temperature sensor 111 Hydrophobic filter 112 Vent valve 114 Dialysate filter 115 Sensor disinfection valve 116 Sampling valve 117 Check valve (concentrate) 118 Check valve (bicarbonate) 119 Filter (concentrate) 120 Filter (bicarbonate) 121 Central concentrate delivery connector 122 Central bicarbonate delivery connector 123 Pressure switch for V102 124 Pressure switch for V104 130 bibag drain valve 131 bibag block 131a bibag air sep. chamber 131b bibag mixing chamber 132 bibag conductivity cell 133 bibag temperature sensor 134 bibag pressure transducer 135 bibag level sensor 136 bibag connector 137 bibag microswitch 1 138 bibag microswitch 2 148 Filter/rinse valve 100 149 Filter/rinse valve 99 151 Orifice 210 Filter (degassing orifice)
Hydraulics measuring points A B C D Reduced water inlet pressure Balancing chamber loading pressure Flow pump pressure Degassing pump pressure
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
3-5
Fig.: Flow diagram hydraulics 4008 with advanced hydraulics
3-6
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
Legend 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 21 22 23 24 24b 25 26 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 41 43 54 61 63 65 66 66a 66b 66c 68 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 84 85 86 87 88 88a 88b 88c 89 90a 90b 91 Temperature sensor Temperature sensor Temperature sensor (OCM option) Float switch Level sensor Conductivity cell Blood leak detector Pressure transducer Reed contact for concentrate Reed contact for bicarbonate Flow pump UF pump Concentrate pump Dialyzer valve 1 Dialyzer valve 2 Bicarbonate pump Bypass valve Degassing pump Outlet valve Balancing chamber valve 1 Balancing chamber valve 2 Balancing chamber valve 3 Balancing chamber valve 4 Balancing chamber valve 5 Balancing chamber valve 6 Balancing chamber valve 7 Balancing chamber valve 8 Negative pressure valve Water inlet valve Fill valve Heater rod Pressure reducing valve Water inlet filter Loading pressure valve Heater block Water inflow chamber Heater rod chamber Float chamber Balancing chamber Filter/concentrate Filter/bicarbonate Filter dialysate external Filter/UF External flow indicator Filter/fill valve Heat exchanger Relief valve Disinfectant valve Disinfectant connector Recirculation valve Drain valve Multifunction block Degassing chamber Secondary air separator Primary air separator Degassing orifice Rinse chamber, concentrate Rinse chamber, bicarbonate Rinse valve 92 Vent valve 94 Concentrate suction tube 95 Bicarbonate suction tube 97 Air separation pump 99 Rinse valve 100 Rinse valve 102 Central concentrate delivery valve 104 Central bicarbonate delivery valve 109 Temperature sensor 110 Condctivity measuring cell (OCM option) 111 Hydrophobic filter (advanced hydraulics) 112 Vent valve (advanced hydraulics) 114 Dialysate filter (Diasafe plus option) 115 Sensor disinfection valve 116 Sampling valve 117 Check valve (concentrate) 118 Check valve (bicarbonate) 119 Filter (concentrate) 120 Filter (bicarbonate) 121 Central concentrate delivery connector 122 Central bicarbonate delivery connector 123 Pressure switch for V102 124 Pressure switch for V104 125 Temperature compensation plate 130 bibag drain valve 132 bibag conductivity measuring cell 133 bibag temperature sensor 134 bibag pressure transducer 136 bibag connector 137 bibag microswitch 1 138 bibag microswitch 2 148 Filter/rinse valve 100 149 Filter/rinse valve 99 151 Orifice 182 Pressure transducer 2 (advanced hydraulics) 183 Test valve (advanced hydraulics) 184 Test valve filter 185 Compressor (advanced hydraulics) 188 Evacuation valve 189 Retentate valve 190 Online filter (Online plus option) 191 Online 3 valve (Online plus option) 192 Online 2 valve (Online plus option) 193 Online 1 valve (Online plus option) 194 Rinse port (Online plus option) 195 Substituate port (Online plus option) 201 Air separator 202 Level sensor 203 Air separator 204 Level sensor 205 Concentrate / bicarbonate mixing point 210 Filter (degassing orifice) Hydraulics measuring points A Reduced water inlet pressure B Balancing chamber loading pressure C Flow pump pressure D Degassing pump pressure Fresenius Medical Care 4008 5/03.09 (TM)
3-7
Fig.: P.C.B. overview

Rear Panel Rckplatte
LP 636
LP 630 LP 632
1
LP 633
LP 634
DIP-SW1 SW1
8
P1
Current Increasing Stromerhhung
DIP-SW2 SW2
8
P3
TMP-Gain TMP-Steilheit
(LP 763)
SH1 DIP-SW2
8
DIP-SW1 SH2
8
LP 631
Alpha-Display (4008E/4008B) Display board 4008/E: LP 635; 4008H: LP 924; 4008B: LP 649; 4008S: LP 922 Front Panel / Mounting Plate Frontplatte / Montageplatte
LP 630 LP 631 LP 632 LP 633 LP 634 LP 635 LP 636 LP 649 LP 763 LP 924 LP 922
Motherboard CPU 1 (operating system) CPU 2 (safety system) Input board Output board Display board External connectors Display board 4008 B Interface board Display board 4008 H Display board 4008 S
3-8
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
3.1
Overview of the DIP switches in the 4008
3.1.1
P.C.B. LP 631 (CPU 1) DIP switch array 1
SH1 1 ON OFF
Note Dip switch 6 is provided for service purposes/troubleshooting only and must be set to the OFF position for dialysis mode.
SH2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LP631
Switch / Position SW 1 ON OFF SW 2 ON ON
Function max. UF rate 1000 ml/h 2000 ml/h
ON
OFF SW 3 ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF SW 6 ON
OFF
OFF SW 4 ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF SW 5 ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
3000 ml/h
4000 ml/h Language 1 English German French Portuguese Dutch Italian Swedish Spanish CRC/RAM test skip Language 2 English Finnish Czech Danish Russian Turkish Polish Slovakian Language 3 Language 4 English English Japanese Hungarian* Bulgarian Greek Arabic* Norwegian* Slovenian* Ex-Yugoslavian*
OFF
SW 7 ON
perform
Heater rod 1300 W (at 100 to 120 V)
OFF
SW 8 ON
1600 W (at 220 to 240 V)

Test and cleaning flow 500 ml/min
OFF
800 ml/min
The basic position upon delivery is shown in italics. For not used the switch must be set to OFF.
* 4008 H/S only
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
3-9
3.1.2
SH1
SH2 1 ON OFF 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LP631
Switch / Position SW 1 ON
Function CAL mode Mode 0
OFF
SW 2 ON OFF ON SW 3 ON ON OFF
Mode 1
Ext. alarm input Invalid RO system Patient bell
OFF
SW 4 ON
OFF
Ext. alarm
Remote control System with remote control
OFF
SW 5 ON
System without remote control

COMMCO LP 763 or LP 758 or LP 729 Enabled
OFF
SW 6 ON
Disabled
COMMCO Special record
OFF
SW 7 ON OFF SW 8 ON OFF
Standard record
Hydraulics test (not CDS) Active Inactive Central delivery system Installed Not installed
3-10
5/03.09 (TM)
3.1.3
LP632 SW1
Note DIP switches 3 and 8 permit to skip test steps which are requested by the system. If the switches are set to the can be skipped position, it is important to know that the operator can then bypass the automatic test of the safety systems. The person demanding this switch position shall be solely responsible for such a procedure.
SW2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON OFF
Switch / Position SW 1 ON
Function
Not used
OFF
SW 2 ON T1 test serial sequence
OFF
SW 3 ON
parallel sequence
T1 test skip
OFF
SW 4 ON
mandatory
Test service ON (individual test steps can be selected, dialysis not possible)
OFF
SW 5 ON
OFF (automatic T1 test)

Cyclic PHT every 2 minutes and indication of the test result (service)
OFF
SW 6
every 12.5 minutes, alarm emission only with cyclical PHT alarm
Cyclic PHT
ON
OFF SW 7 ON
ON
OFF Air detector with PCB LP 450 without AD28
OFF
SW 8 ON
with PCB LP 450-2 or with AD28

HDF test can be skipped
OFF
mandatory
3-11
3.1.3
LP632 SW1
SW2 1 ON OFF 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Switch / Position SW 1 ON OFF SW 2 ON OFF SW 3 ON OFF SW 4 ON OFF SW 5 ON
Function DIASAFE / DIASAFEplus On Off ON-LINE-HDF On Off ONLINEplus On Off Hydraulics with WTR withoutWTR V39 Test On
OFF
SW 6 ON
Off
Fast heating HDIS deactivated
OFF
SW 7 ON
activated Not used
OFF
SW 8 ON
Not used
OFF The basic position upon delivery is shown in italics. For not used the switch must be set to OFF.
3-12
5/03.09 (TM)
3.2
Calibration mode
3.2.1
Basic conditions
The hemodialysis system must be switched off. The service switch must be in the ON (up) position. Turn the hemodialysis system on.
Caution If the Service switch is set to ON during the treatment or the cleaning program, the heater relay will be turned off.
3-13
3.2.2
Messages on the displays on the UF monitor (4008 E/B) or on the screen (4008 H/S)
4008/E/B
Ultrafiltration
UF Volume ml Reset Volume
The values indicated on the display must be divided by the factor 10. Watchdog supply voltage (4.5 V to 5.5 V) 12-V voltage (11.5 V to 12.5 V)
Values in brackets: tolerances
0047
UF Rate ml/h
0119
UF Goal
ml
0236
24-V voltage (23 V to 25 V)
Time Left
h:min
0204
UF
Battery charging voltage (> 20 V)

Prog.
I/O
4008 H/S
CALIBRATION 004.7 011.9 023.6 020.4 Volt Volt Volt Volt Watchdog supply voltage (4.5 V 5.5 V) 12 V voltage (11.5 V 12.5 V) 24 V voltage (23 V 25 V) Battery charging voltage (> 20 V)
7 4 1
8 5 2
9 6 3
Esc
Best
3-14
5/03.09 (TM)
3.3
Hydraulics
Note Measuring equipment for measurement points in the hydraulic unit: UMED, HMED or pressure gauge with a measuring range of 1 to +2.2 bar, min. quality class 1.6.
3-15
3.3.1
Reduced water inlet pressure Measuring equipment: Place of measurement: Condition: Check/adjustment: Checking the reduced water inlet pressure Connect the measuring equipment to measurement port A. Measure the water pressure with MV 41 closed. UMED, HMED or pressure gauge Hydraulics, measurement port A Flow on
Rated value of water inlet pressure: 0.90 to 1.40 bar

If it deviates from the rated value, the water inlet pressure must be adjusted. Adjusting the reduced water inlet pressure Pull back the knurled nut on the pressure reducing valve (16). Turn the knurled nut to set the water pressure to the desired value (clockwise: +, counterclockwise: ). Push the knurled nut back in.
3-16
5/03.09 (TM)
MV41
Measurement port A
MV41
Pressure reducing valve
Measurement port A Pressure reducing valve (61)
4008 E/H
4008 B/S
3-17
3.3.2
Degassing pump pressure Measuring equipment: Place of measurement: UMED, HMED or pressure gauge Hydraulics, measurement port D
Check/adjustment: Checking the pressure of the degassing pump Connect the measuring equipment to the measurement port D. Measure the pressure of the degassing pump.
Rated value of degassing pump pressure: 0.81 to 0.85 bar

If it deviates from the rated value, the pressure of the degassing pump must be adjusted. Adjusting the pressure of the degassing pump Enter the CALIBRATION menu, select and start the option CAL. DEGAS. PRESSURE ( Calibration, chapter 4, section 7).
Note If the pressure of the degassing pump was changed, make sure to check the loading pressure and readjust, if necessary.
Calibration of the negative degassing pressure on higher situated installation sites If 4008 systems are operated on higher situated sites (observe sea level), the specified negative degassing pressure can not be reached. The calibration has to be performed as follows: The setting for the degassing pump has to be increased in increments from a low speed until no significant increase of the negative pressure can be detected anymore. This setting can also be stored.
3-18
5/03.09 (TM)
100
91
Measurement port D
117 104
Measurement port D
4008 E/H
4008 B/S
118
Measurement port D
4008 B/S ONLINEplus
3-19
3.3.3
Balancing chamber loading pressure Measuring equipment: Place of measurement: UMED, HMED or pressure gauge Hydraulics, measurement port B
Check/adjustment: Checking the loading pressure of the balancing chamber Connect the measuring equipment to the measurement port B. Measure the loading pressure of the balancing chamber.
Rated value of the balancing chamber loading pressure: 1.2 to 1.3 bar
With 4008 B EC495, 4008 H EC 295, 4008 S EC 275 or higher (change of the compression spring in the loading pressure valve): The loading pressure of the balancing chamber has been increased to 1.45 bar 0.05 bar. If it deviates from the rated value, the loading pressure of the balancing chamber must be adjusted. Adjusting the loading pressure of the balancing chamber Use the loading pressure valve (65) to adjust the loading pressure to the rated value. Turning the adjusting screw clockwise will increase the loading pressure.
Note During the balancing chamber fill phase, the loading pressure drops to approx. 1.0 bar.
Note If the loading pressure was changed, make sure to check the degassing pump pressure and readjust, if necessary.
3-20
5/03.09 (TM)
MV41
Loading pressure valve 65
Loading pressure valve 65 Measurement port B
Measurement port B
4008 E/H
4008 B/S
3-21
3.3.4
Flow pump pressure Measuring equipment: Place of measurement: Prerequisite: UMED, HMED or pressure gauge Hydraulics, measurement port C A dialysate flow of 800 ml/min must have been preselected.
Check/adjustment: Checking the pressure of the flow pump Connect the measuring equipment to the measurement port C. Turn the water supply off; water alarm; balancing chamber inactive. Measure the pressure of the flow pump.
The desired pressure value of the flow pump depends on the loading pressure set: Loading pressure: 1.2 to 1.3 bar 1.9 to 2.1 bar Flow pump pressure: 1.45 0.05 bar 2.2 0.05 bar
If it deviates from the rated value, the pressure of the flow pump must be adjusted. Adjusting the pressure of the flow pump Use the relief valve (78) to adjust the rated value.
Measurement port C
Relief valve 78
4008 B/S
3-22
5/03.09 (TM)
102 100
Relief valve 78
Measurement port C
91
117 104
4008 E/H
118
Measurement port C
4008 B/S ONLINEplus
Relief valve 78
3-23
3.3.5
UF pump volume
Condition:
Note If scales are used for measuring, it must be ensured that no concentrate is connected.
Measuring equipment: Place of measurement:
Scales or measuring cylinder, tolerance 0.5 % Hydraulic unit open Calibration program selected
Check/adjustment: Checking the UF pump volume Remove the drain line of the UF pump from the T-piece (close the T-piece). Place the drain line in the measuring cylinder. Access the CALIBRATION menu, select and start the ADJ. UF-PUMP VOLUME option ( Calibration, chapter 4, Part 6). Rated value: number of strokes in ml or g 1%. Adjusting the UF pump Remove the protective cover. Unscrew the lock nut. Change the delivery volume, using the adjusting screw (turning the adjusting screw clockwise reduces, turning it counter-clockwise increases the stroke volume). Retighten the lock nut. Verify the delivery volume.
T-piece Drain line
4008 B/S
3-24
5/03.09 (TM)
T-piece
Drain line
4008 E/H
3-25
3.3.6
CDS pressure switch Measuring equipment: Measurement setup according to diagram, UMED, HMED or pressure gauge (e.g. 0 to 1 bar, accuracy 1 %), syringe Place of measurement: Hydraulic unit open Condition: The CDS connectors in position 121 and position 122 must be depressurized. The pressure compensation port on the pressure switch must be open to air (atmospheric pressure). The lines of the measuring equipment should be as short as possible. The service mode must be selected.
Check/adjustment: Connect the measuring equipment as illustrated in the diagram. Select the DIAGNOSTICS menu: READ INPUTS READ DIGITAL INPUTS CPU1: RD DIGITAL INP I: CPU1_PSW_V102 or I: CPU1_PSW_104 Activate the audible alarm by pressing the (Alarm) Tone Mute key (depressurized: alarm on). During these menu options, the solenoid valves MV102 and MV104 are closed. Use the syringe to create a pressure of 0.7 bar. Use forceps to clamp the line at point a, so that the pressure switch remains loaded with 0.7 bar. Verify the switching point by means of the audible alarm Rated values: Alcatel pressure switch (part no.: 674 322 1) (yellow): 0.68 0.80 bar Delta pressure switch, dark grey: 0.68 0.72 bar Envec pressure switch: 0.68 0.72 bar If the switching point deviates, adjust with the adjusting screw b (make sure there is no mechanical load on the pressure switch while adjusting). After completed adjustment, depressurize the measuring equipment and repeat the check. If necessary, repeat the adjustment procedure. This adjustment procedure simultaneously checks the tightness of the check valves 117 and 118 and the solenoid valves 102 and 104.
3-26
5/03.09 (TM)
4008 E/H
4008 B/S
3-27
3.3.7
bibag pressure transducer calibration
General Notes on bibag pressure transducer calibration The calibration described below can be performed by means of a multimeter or the diagnostics program. In order to read in the corresponding signal, the voltage of AD22 must be measured at pin 1 or the E: CPU1_BIBAG_PSW menu item must be selected in the diagnostics program. The ALCATEL pressure switch is calibrated in the diagnostics program of the dialysis system. The calibration of the Envec pressure switch is neither possible nor required. These pressure switches are set to a fixed position and can be checked in the diagnostics program. The audible signal can be activated by pressing the TONE MUTE key.
Selection in the Diagnostics program
Turn the hemodialysis system off. Set the Service switch to ON (up). Turn the hemodialysis system on.
DIAGNOSTICS
Confirm
Select
Use the and keys to select DIAGNOSTICS. Press the Confirm key.
READ INPUTS
Confirm
READ DIGITAL INPUTS
Confirm
CPU1: RD DIGITAL INP
Confirm
E: CPU1_BIBAG_PSW
Confirm
3-28
5/03.09 (TM)
Select
Use the and keys to select READ INPUTS. Press the Confirm key.
Select
Use the and keys to select READ DIGITAL INPUTS. Press the Confirm key.
Select
Use the and keys to select CPU1: RD DIGITAL INP. Press the Confirm key.
Select
Use the and keys to select E: CPU1_BIBAG_PSW. Press the Confirm key.
Ultrafiltration
UF Volume ml Reset Volume
xxxx
UF Rate ml/h
Watchdog supply voltage (4.5 V to 5.5 V) 12-V voltage (11.5 V to 12.5 V)
The active levels 0000 or 1111 are shown on all UF displays or on the display of dialysis systems with a monitor.
xxxx
UF Goal
ml
xxxx
24-V voltage (23 V to 25 V)
Time Left
h:min
xxxx
UF
Battery charging voltage (> 20 V)

Prog.
I/O
Note In the menu items E: CPU1_BIBAG_PSW, the active level is identified by 1111. The active level of the circuit output is LOW (< 1 V).
3-29
Calibration of the ALCATEL pressure switch

B 95 148 90 b 12 100 91
Clamp the lines (X). Connect the pressure gauge and the syringe and build up a pressure of 100 mbar + 10 mbar. Turn the potentiometer (AD22 or directly on the pressure switch) until Low Level (< 1 V) (1111) is displayed on the UF displays. Slowly turn the potentiometer into the opposite direction until the High level (> 10 V) (0000) is shown on the UF displays.
2 104 134
X
138 136 137
No pressure at the pressure transducer. UF displays must show High level (0000).
B 95 148 90 b 12 100 91
Clamp the lines (X). Connect the pressure gauge and the syringe and build up a pressure of 160 mbar. UF displays must show Low level (1111).
2 104 134
X
138 136 137
Slowly reduce the pressure. UF displays must show High level (0000) at a minimum of 100 mbar. If necessary, repeat calibration.
Pressure transducer calibration completed.
3-30
5/03.09 (TM)
3.4
Air detector
Caution For adjusting the air detector, the system must be in Calibration mode. The ambient temperature should range between 15 and 35 C.
Caution The calibration using the set for the air detector calibration is only valid for systems used together with Fresenius tubing systems. Observe the use by date!
Adjusting the air detector LD 22, using the set for the air detector calibration (see also adjustment instructions no. M36 067) The system must be in Service mode and the bridge J1 / LP 450 in the calibration position. Fill the spherical hollow in the adjusting block with grease; remove excess grease with the spatula, so that only the hollows are filled to the brim with grease. Introduce the greased adjusting block into the drip chamber holder (the slant edges first). During this process, make sure that the ultrasonic sensors neatly engage into the spherical hollows of the normal. The normal must not touch the walls of the holder but hang freely between the sensors. Turn the potentiometer 1 and then the potentiometer 2 on LP 450 clockwise until LED D5 and LED D10 on LP 450 have turned dark. Slowly (caution: time constant) turn back the potentiometer 1 / LP 450 until LED D5 on LP 450 is illuminated. Slowly (caution: time constant) turn back the potentiometer 2 / LP 450 until LED D10 on LP 450 is illuminated. Plug bridge J1 / LP 450 to the operating position. LED D5 and LED D10 must both be dark. Take the adjusting block out of the drip chamber and completely remove the grease from the drip chamber holder, using only lint-free cloth and permissible disinfectants. Check: Fill the spherical hollows of the checking block with grease and remove any excess grease with a spatula, so that only the hollows are filled to the brim with grease. Insert the greased checking block into the drip chamber holder. During this process, make sure that the ultrasonic sensors neatly engage into the spherical hollows of the normal. The normal must not touch the walls of the holder but hang freely between the sensors. Both LED D5 and LED D10 must be illuminated. If one or two of the LEDs is not illuminated, repeat the adjustment process. Take the checking block out of the drip chamber and completely remove the grease from the drip chamber holder, using only lint-free cloth and permissible disinfectants.
3-31
Fluid level
Potentiometer 1 Potentiometer 2 Potentiometer 5 LP 450
LED D5
Jumper J1
LED D10
3-32
5/03.09 (TM)
Alternative: Adjusting the air detector without the set for the air detector calibration Measuring equipment: Measurement setup according to diagram UMED, HMED or pressure gauge, bubble catcher, syringe filled with degassed water or saline solution Air detector
Place of measurement:
Check / adjustment: Adjusting the ultrasonic detector Install the measurement set-up before checking / adjusting the air detector. Do not yet place the line in the occlusion clamp. Jumper J1 / P.C.B. LP 450 set to calibration. Fill the bubble catcher. The fluid level must be set to approx. 10 mm above the top edge of the sensor holder. Turn potentiometer 1 and potentiometer 2 on P.C.B. LP 450 clockwise, until the LED DI5 and LED DI10 on P.C.B. LP 450 are dark. Slowly (attention: time constant) turn potentiometer 1 on P.C.B. LP 450 counterclockwise, until the LED DI5 on P.C.B. LP 450 lights. Slowly (attention: time constant) turn the potentiometer 2 on P.C.B. LP 450 counterclockwise, until the LED DI10 on P.C.B. LP 450 lights. After completion of the calibration procedure, set the jumper J1 / P.C.B. LP 450 back to the operation position. Check Lower the level in the bubble catcher: an alarm must be emitted. Raise the level in the bubble catcher: it must be possible to clear the alarm; both LEDs must be off! Checking the venous line clamp ( Fig.) Place the line in the venous line clamp. Open the clamp and, using the syringe, generate a pressure of approx. 2 bar. Close the clamp. The pressure must not drop by more than 0.1 bar within 3 minutes. Adjusting the optical detector Use the gray filter, double-laid, part no. 640 560 1. Diagnostics menu; reading of digital inputs by CPU 1; item E: CPU1_OD_IN. Install the gray filter, double-laid; close the hinged cover. Slowly turn potentiometer P5 on P.C.B. LP 450 clockwise, until the UF display indicates 1111. Slowly turn potentiometer P5 counterclockwise, until the display jumps to 0000. Continue to turn the potentiometer counterclockwise for half a turn. Avoid incident light from external sources.
3-33
3-34
5/03.09 (TM)
Calibration program
CALIBRATION
Confirm key
DIAGNOSTICS
MISCELLANEOUS
SETUP MENU
Adjustments made without display messages: Adjusting the blood pump stop alarm (blood pump or HDF pump) ................................ Calibrating the Single-Needle blood pump ..................................................................... Adjusting the current rise pulse ...................................................................................... Adjusting the Hall sensor in the heparin pump .............................................................. 4-5 4-11 4-15 4-43
In the Calibration, Diagnostics, Setup and Miscellaneous program the function of the keys differs between 4008 E/B and 4008 H/S systems. Function Scrolling through menu options Selecting a menu option Changing values and functions in a menu Saving changes Exiting a menu without saving the data 4008 E/B Confirm Override Select 4008 H/S Conf +/ Tone Mute Esc
In the description of the steps, the differing keys to be used on 4008 H/S systems are shown in brackets. Fresenius Medical Care 4008 5/03.09 (TM)
4-1
Main menu
CALIBRATION Confirm key CAL. ART. PRESSURE Confirm key
see Part 1
Confirm key
CAL. ART. P_MODULE
Note Before calibrating the hydraulics, remove possibly existing precipitate by running an appropriate disinfection program.
see Part 2
CAL. VENOUS PRESSURE Confirm key
see Part 3
CAL. VEN. P_MODULE Confirm key
see Part 4
CALIB. (B)-PUMP-RATE Confirm key
see Part 5
ADJ. UF-PUMP VOLUME Confirm key
see Part 6
CAL. DEGAS. PRESSURE Confirm key
see Part 7
CAL. FLOW 300 ml/min Confirm key
see Part 8
see Part 9
see Part 10
CALIB. TEMPERATURE Confirm key
see Part 11
CAL. MIXING SYSTEM Confirm key
see Part 12
CALIB. CONDUCTIVITY Confirm key
see Part 13
CAL. DIAL. PRESSURE Confirm key
see Part 14
CALIBRATE BLD Confirm key
see Part 15
CALIB. BIBAG VALUES Confirm key
see Part 16 (Option)
RESET FAILURE RECORD Confirm key
see Part 17
NOVRAM Confirm key
see Part 18
back to main menu ? Confirm key
4-2
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
Part 1: Calibrating the arterial pressure

CAL. ART. PRESSURE Confirm key Arterial PRESSURE Confirm key
Art. pressure transducer open to atmosphere
art.zero.: 0 mmHg Override (Tone Mute) key
Art. PRESS. CHECK Confirm key art. press: 0 mmHg Confirm key
back to menu ?
ACKNOWLEDGED
Activate various pressure values. The values on the display, the art. pressure display and the reference instrument must be identical. Check whether the scale limits can be reached. Tolerance: 10 mmHg
Select (Esc) key
approx. 3 sec
art.gain.: +210 mmHg
Apply 210 mmHg to art. pressure transducer (reference instrument!) Set the value of the reference instrument on the display by pressing the (+/) keys.
Override (Tone Mute) key
Note: If calibration of this function is impossible, the CAL. ART. P_MODULE mode must first be performed.
DATA STORED
approx. 3 sec
Note Pressure gauge accuracy: 1 % of the measured value.
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
4-3
Part 2: Calibrating the pressure in the arterial blood pump Set the hex switch in the module (P.C.B. LP 624, pos. 1) to position F. Should the error message E02 appear on the blood pump display, clear the message by pressing the Start/Stop key.
CAL. ART. P_MODULE Confirm key art. press: XXX mmHg Select (Esc) key
arterial pressure transducer open to atmosphere (arterial blood pump)
Set the value on the alphanumeric display to 000 mmHg by pressing the keys on the blood pump module Acknowledge by pressing the Start/Stop key on the blood pump module
Connect the syringe, which is connected to the external reference instrument, to the arterial pressure transducer. Apply exactly 250 mmHg to the pressure transducer Press the keys on the blood pump module to readjust the slope, until the alphanumeric display agrees with the external reference instrument. Acknowledge by pressing the Start/Stop key on the blood pump module
Data stored. Should this message fail to appear, repeat the calibration procedure.
Return the hex switch to position 0.
4-4
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
Without display messages: adjusting the blood pump stop alarm (blood pump or HDF pump) Set the hex switch in the module (P.C.B. LP 624, pos. 1) to position B. Should the error message E02 appear on the blood pump display, clear the message by pressing the Start/Stop key.
Change the preset value (15/30 sec) by pressing the keys on the blood pump module. Acknowledge by pressing the Start/Stop key on the module.
The stored value appears after 2 seconds. Return the hex switch to position 0. Automatic reset on the module
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
4-5
Part 3: Calibrating the venous pressure

CAL. VENOUS PRESSURE Select (Esc) key Confirm key
Venous PRESSURE
Confirm key
ven.zero.: 0 mmHg
Select (Esc) key
Ven. PRESS. CHECK Confirm key Select (Esc) key Confirm key ven.press: 0 mmHg
Venous pressure transducer at the air detector open to atmosphere

back to menu ?
Activate various pressure values. The values on the display, the venous pressure display and the external reference instrument must be identical. Check whether the scale limits can be reached. Tolerance: 10 mmHg
Select (Esc) key
ACKNOWLEDGED
approx. 3 sec
ven.gain.: + 500 mmHg
Connect the external reference instrument Apply 500 mmHg to the venous pressure transducer. Read the external reference instrument and set the value on the display by pressing the (+/) keys.
Note: If calibration of this function is not possible, the CAL. VEN. P_MODULE mode must first be performed in the air detector.
DATA STORED
approx. 3 sec
Note Pressure gauge accuracy: 1 % of the measured value.
4-6
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
Part 4: Calibrating the venous pressure measurement in the air detector

CAL. VEN. P_MODULE Confirm key ven.press: XXX mmHg Select (Esc) key
The venous pressure transducer is open to atmosphere (air detector module) Readjust the zero-point potentiometer (P3/LP450) in the air detector until the display indicates 0 mmHg
ven.press: 0 mmHg
Connect the syringe, which is connected to the external reference instrument, to the venous pressure transducer. Apply 400 mmHg to the pressure transducer. Use the slope potentiometer (P4/LP450) to set the value of the external reference instrument on the display.
Select (Esc) key
Note: Check zero point and slope; if necessary, repeat the procedure. Note: When adjusting the air detector, execute the CAL. VENOUS PRESSURE menu item.
LP 450
Pot 3
Pot 4
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
4-7
Part 5: Calibrating the blood pump rates

CALIB. (B)-PUMP-RATE Confirm key CALIB. ART. BP-RATE Confirm key
see Part 5.1
CALIB. SN. BP-RATE Confirm key
see Part 5.2
CALIB. HDF-PUMP-RATE Confirm key
back to menu ? Confirm key
see Part 5.3 This function is possible only if ONLINE-HDF has been activated by means of the DIP switch.
4-8
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
Part 5.1: Calibrating the arterial blood pump

CALIB. ART. BP-RATE Confirm key calib. Art. BP-RATE Confirm key (B)PRate=550 ml/min Select (Esc) key
art. BP-Rate CHECK Confirm key (B)PRate=550 ml/min
Adjust a rate of 550 ml/min* on the art. blood pump.

Set various delivery rates on the arterial blood pump. The values on the display and the BP must be identical.
Select (Esc) key
DATA STORED
approx. 3 sec
Note: Set the line diameter to 8 mm before starting the calibration procedure and press Start/Stop on the blood pump. * The BP rate of 550 ml/min represents a default value. It can be changed using the (+/) keys.
Part 5.2: Calibrating the Single-Needle blood pump rate

CALIB. SN. BPRATE Confirm key calib. sn. BPRATE
SN. BP-Rate CHECK
Using a syringe, set the pressure at the P-SN connector according to the set stroke volume (see table).
Confirm key (B)PRate=550 ml/min
Confirm key
(B)PRate=550 ml/min
Select (Esc) key
Set a rate of 550 ml/min* on the SN blood pump.

Set various delivery rates on the SN blood pump. The values on the display and the BP must be identical.
Select (Esc) key
DATA STORED
approx. 3 sec
Note: Set the line diameter to 8 mm before starting the calibration procedure and press Start/Stop on the blood pump. * The BP rate of 550 ml/min represents a default value. It can be changed using the (+/) keys.
SN pump: lower switching point fixed to 75 mmHg Stroke volume (ml) Upper switching point (mmHg) 7 mmHg 10 110 15 130 20 150 25 172 30 195 35 219 40 244 45 270 50 299
Setting the Single-Needle stroke volume Press the and the Start/Stop key simultaneously. Use the and keys to adjust the stroke volume and the Start/Stop key to confirm the value.
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
4-9
Part 5.3: Calibrating the ONLINE-HDF pump (option)

CALIB. HDFPUMPRATE Confirm key calib. HDFPUMPRATE Confirm key (B)PRate=400 ml/min Select (Esc) key
HDF-Pump-Rate Check Confirm key (B)PRate=200 ml/min (max)
Enter the value of the HDF pump display by pressing the (+/) keys.
Adjust various delivery rates on the the HDF pump. The values on display and the HDF pump must be identical.
Select (Esc) key
DATA STORED
approx. 3 sec
Note: This function is possible only if ONLINE-HDF has been activated by means of the DIP switch.
4-10
5/03.09 (TM)
Without display messages: Calibrating the Single-Needle blood pump (SN pressure) (option) Set the hex switch in the module (P.C.B. LP 624, pos. 1) to position F. Should the error message E02 appear on the blood pump display, clear the message by pressing the Start/Stop key.
The SN pressure transducer is open to atmosphere (SN blood pump). Press the Start/Stop key on the SN blood pump.
Connect the syringe, which is connected to the external reference instrument, to the SN pressure transducer. Apply exactly 250 mmHg to the pressure transducer. Acknowledge by pressing the Start/Stop key on the SN blood pump.
The values are stored. Finally return the hex switch to position 1. Then select SN.BP-Rate CHECK Check the SN stroke volume. Set stroke volume, e.g. 30 ml. Using a syringe and the external reference instrument, check the lower (fixed to 75 mmHg) and the upper switching point. (Depending on the stroke volume selected, the upper switching point can be found in the table). If the switching points are outside the tolerance range, repeat the calibration procedure.
SN pump: lower switching point fixed to 75 mmHg Stroke volume (ml) Upper switching point (mmHg) 7 mmHg 10 110 15 130 20 150 25 172 30 195 35 219 40 244 45 270 50 299
Note It may be necessary to change the Single-Needle stroke volume: Press the and the Start/Stop key simultaneously. Use the and keys to adjust the stroke volume and the Start/Stop key to confirm the value. Fresenius Medical Care 4008 5/03.09 (TM)
4-11
Part 6: Adjusting the UF pump volume

ADJ. UF-PUMP VOLUME Confirm key Confirm key pulse-amount = 60 Selec (Esc) key
optional
UFPump 1 (Vers. I)
UF-Pump 2
Confirm key
optional Enter the number of strokes by pressing the (+/) keys.

ACKNOWLEDGED
approx. 3 sec
press uf key Select (Esc) key
Remove the line from the UF pump, close the T-piece. Hang the line into a graduated cylinder. Switch on the UF pump by pressing the UF I/O key.
UF I/O key uf pulses left = 60
Note: Check the volume. If necessary, readjust the UF pump and repeat the procedure. (See 3.3.5)
The remaining UF strokes are indicated on the display. The UF Goal display indicates the number of preselected strokes.
Note Graduated cylinder accuracy: 0.5 %.
Note If a scale is used as measurement instrument it must be ensured that no concentrate is connected.
4-12
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 7: Calibrating the degassing pressure

CAL. DEGAS. PRESSURE Confirm key adjust degas.-press. Select (Esc) key
Connect a pressure gauge for the degassing pressure. Set the degassing pressure to 0.81 bar (to 0.85 bar) by pressing the (+/) keys.
DATA STORED
approx. 3 sec
At this point, the following messages may appear: fill program active set flow on See also 3.3.2 Degassing pump pressure
4-13
Part 8: 300 ml/min flow

CAL. FLOW 300 ml/min Confirm key flow (300) = XXX Select (Esc) key
Change the digits in the UF Rate window by pressing the (+/) keys, until the actual value agrees with the specified value (300).
DATA STORED
approx. 3 sec
Important: If it is impossible to adjust the 300 500 800 flow volumes, or if problems caused by flow alarms occur after the calibrate flow message has appeared, this can be caused by the setting of the current rise pulse. Note: (only for systems with advanced hydraulics) For the flow selected first, the message DIASAFE-filling act. is displayed for 17 balancing chamber switchings.
4-14
5/03.09 (TM)
Adjusting the current rise pulse: Select CAL.FLOW 300 ml/min; display: flow (300) = XXX. The actual flow XXX must be approx. 300; if necessary, correct it using the and keys. Connect an oscilloscope to MP8 and MP1, and the ground MP7 to P.C.B. LP 634. Use P1 to set the current rise pulse as shown in the diagram below. Make sure that the actual flow (display XXX) remains at approx. 300; if necessary, correct it using the and keys.
MP1 1 V/cm
GND MP8 2 V/cm
GND
Time Base 1 sec.
Alternative adjustment of the current rise (if an oscilloscope is not available): Select calibrate flow 300 ml/min. There are two possibilities of reaction by the system: 1. The system runs with regular balancing chamber switching. Display: flow (300) = XXX. If necessary, correct the flow using the and keys, until the actual flow indicates approx. 300. Turn the potentiometer P1 counterclockwise (wait for at least 10 sec after each rotation!), until the system switches to Eigentakt. Display: flow (300) = 147. Now turn the potentiometer P1 clockwise (wait for at least 10 sec after each half-rotation!), until the actual flow again indicates approx. 300. Turn the potentiometer P1 clockwise for another 2 rotations. 2. The system is in the Eigentakt mode. Display: flow (300) = 147. Turn the potentiometer P1 clockwise, until the system switches from Eigentakt to regular balancing chamber switching (wait for approx. 10 sec after each rotation!). Display: flow (300) = XXX. If necessary, correct the flow using the and keys, until the actual flow indicates approx. 300. Turn the potentiometer P1 counterclockwise (wait for at least 10 sec after each rotation), until the system switches to Eigentakt. Display: flow (300) = 147. Now turn the potentiometer P1 clockwise (wait for at least 10 sec after each half-rotation!), until the actual flow again indicates approx. 300. Turn the potentiometer P1 clockwise for another 2 rotations.
After adjusting the current rise pulse, check and, if necessary, readjust the 300/500/800 flow settings.
4-15
Part 9: Calibrating the 500 ml/min flow

DATA STORED
approx. 3 sec
Part 10: 800 ml/min flow

DATA STORED
approx. 3 sec
4-16
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 11: Calibrating the dialysate temperature

CALIB. TEMPERATURE Confirm key Temp. ADJUSTMENT Confirm key
see Part 11.1
Check TEMPERATURE Confirm key
see Part 11.2
OCM TEMP.-Check Confirm key
see Part 11.3
back to menu? Confirm key
Note Accuracy of the measuring instrument to be connected externally: 0.2 C.
4-17
Part 11.1: Adjusting the dialysate temperature

Temp. ADJUSTMENT Confirm key adj. temp to 37C Esc key
adj. temp to 37C 1 2 3 4 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX ADC-digits DAC-digits ADC-digits ADC-digits
Connect the external reference instrument. Connect the BIC suction tube to the BIC container or place it in water of room temperature. Adjust the digital value in the UF Rate window by pressing the +/ keys. Wait until the temperature on the external reference instrument indicates 37.0 C.
Tone Mute key
7 4 1 8 5 2 9 6 3
Esc
Conf
DATA STORED
NTC3; 8 bit Control 8 bit NTC3; 12 bit (with OCM option only)
Esc key
approx. 3 sec
OCM TEMP. Adjust
System in bypass Wait for the temperature to stabilize (37 C) Indicated in "UF rate" window
Tone Mute key
NTC109; 8 bit, if NTC 109 is activated in SETUP
OCM TEMP.-Adjust 1 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX ADC-digits C ADC-digits DAC-digits
DATA STORED
approx. 3 sec
2 3 4
7 4 1
8 5 2
9 6 3
Esc
Conf
NTC3; 8 bit (with OCM option: 12 bit) NTC3 temperature NTC4; 12 bit (with OCM option only) Dynamic measurement range switching
4-18
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 11.2: Checking the dialysate temperature

Check TEMPERATURE Confirm key act temp = 37.0 C
use to select the Temperature setting field

set temp = XX.X C
Specify a temperature by pressing the +/ keys.

Tone mute key
ACKNOWLEDGED
approx. 3 sec
ACT temp = XX.X C
Check whether the preselected temperature is achieved. Check: reference instrument, display and 37.0 C LED display correspond to 115/116 digits in the UF Volume window . Tolerance: 0.5 C Repeat the procedure with different values Esc (e.g. 35/39 C) key
NTC3; 8 bit act. temp = 37.0 C 1 2 3 4 XXX.X XXXX C ADC-digits

Temperature adjustment
Esc
NTC109; temperature NTC109; 8 bit
XXXX
ADC-digits
Alpha display
7 4 1 8 5 2 9 6 3 C 0
Conf
4-19
Part 11.3: Checking the dialysate temperature for the OCM option
OCM TEMP.-Check Confirm key
Open the shunt cover to switch the system to the bypass mode
act temp = 37.0 C
use to select the Temperature setting field

set temp = XX.X C
Specify a temperature by pressing the +/ keys.

Tone Mute key
ACKNOWLEDGED
approx. 3 sec
ACT temp = XX.X C
Repeat the procedure with different values (e.g. 35/39 C)
Check whether the preselected temperature is achieved. Check: Display, 37.0 C bargraph display Tolerance of the displayed temperature in the UF rate field and the UF time field : 0.2 C
Esc key
NTC3; 12 bit OCM Temp.-Check 1 2 3 4 XXXX XX.XX XXXX XX.XX ADC-digits C ADC-digits C NTC3; temperature NTC4; 12 bit NTC4; temperature
Alpha display
7 4 1 8 5 2 9 6 3 C 0
Esc
Conf
4-20
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 12: Calibrating the mixing system

CAL. MIXING-SYSTEM Confirm key Run-In PUMPS Confirm key
see Part 12.1
DET. BAL.CHAMBER Vol Confirm key
see Part 12.2
cal. CONC.-PUMP-VOL Confirm key
see Part 12.3
CONC. PUMP VOL det. Confirm key
see Part 12.4
calib. BIC.-PUMP-VOL Confirm key
see Part 12.5
BIC. PUMP VOL det. Confirm key
see Part 12.6
check CONC/BIC VOL. Confirm key
see Part 12.7
4-21
Part 12.1: Running-in of the membrane pumps The membrane pumps have to run-in so that the concentrate/bicarbonate pumps reach their operating temperatures before the pump volume is verified. The concentrate suction tubes are in a container filled with water
Run-In PUMPS Confirm key START MAND. FILLING? Override (Tone Mute) key MAND. FILLING active
Select (Esc) key
* This message is only displayed on systems with advanced hydraulics.
Select (Esc) key
Time left displayed in the field UF volume After 9 seconds
Press ALARMTONE MUTE
Press OVERRIDE Override (Tone Mute) key mem puls left = 1000
Select (Esc) key
Select (Esc) key
The membrane pumps are running; the display counts down.
4-22
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 12.2: Determining the balancing chamber volume

DET. BAL.CHAMBER Vol
Determine the balancing chamber volume. Pull off the drain line ?? am Gert??. Collect two consecutive pulses of fluid. Determine the volume and divide it by two.
Confirm key BCVolume = 30.00 ml Select (Esc) key
Enter the balancing chamber volume determined above with the (+/) keys. (Tolerance 1 ml)
Override (Tone Mute) key DATA STORED
approx. 3 sec
Note Accuracy of the measuring cylinder: 0.5 %.
4-23
Part 12.3: Calibrating the concentrate pump stroke

cal. CONC.-PUMP-VOL Confirm key CONP-Vol = 0.828 ml Select (Esc) key
Enter the determined volume of one pump stroke by pressing the (+/) keys.
approx. 3 sec
4-24
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 12.4: Determining the concentrate pump volume

CONC. PUMP VOL det. Confirm key START MAND. FILLING? Override (Tone Mute) key MAND. FILLING active
Select (Esc) key
* This message is only displayed on systems with advanced hydraulics.
Select (Esc) key
Time left displayed in the field UF volume after 9 seconds

conc pulses = 100 Override (Tone Mute) key ACKNOWLEDGED Select (Esc) key Select (Esc) key
approx. 3 sec
Press OVERRIDE Override (Tone Mute) key conc puls left = 100
Select (Esc) key
Select (Esc) key
The concentrate pump runs for 100 strokes. The display counts down. Then determine and record the volume removed by the pump. Notes: 100 strokes are factory-set. This setting can be changed by pressing the (+/) keys (depending on the graduated cylinder used). However, when returning to CAL. MIXING-SYSTEM, the display will indicate the factory setting again. Check the volume and, if necessary, repeat the procedure.
4-25
Part 12.5: Calibrating the bicarbonate pump stroke

calib. BIC.-PUMP-VOL Confirm key BICP-Vol = 1.050 ml Select (Esc) key
Enter the determined volume of one pump stroke by pressing the (+/) keys.
approx. 3 sec
4-26
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 12.6: Determining the bicarbonate pump volume

BIC. PUMP VOL det. Confirm key START MAND. FILLING? Override (Tone Mute) key MAND. FILLING active Select (Esc) key Select (Esc) key

bic pulses = 50 Override (Tone Mute) key ACKNOWLEDGED Select (Esc) key Select (Esc) key
approx. 3 sec
Press OVERRIDE Override (Tone Mute) key conc puls left = 50
Select (Esc) key
Select (Esc) key
The bicarbonate pump runs for 50 strokes. The display counts down. Then determine and record the volume removed by the pump. Notes: 50 strokes are factory-set. This setting can be changed by pressing the (+/) keys (depending on the graduated cylinder used). However, when returning to CAL. MIXING-SYSTEM, the display will indicate the factory setting again. Check the volume and, if necessary, repeat the procedure.
4-27
Part 12.7: Checking the concentrate and/or bicarbonate volume

check CONC/BIC VOL. Confirm key START MAND. FILLING? Override (Tone Mute) key MAND. FILLING active Select (Esc) key Select (Esc) key

conc pulses = 100 Override (Tone Mute) key ACKNOWLEDGED Select (Esc) key Select (Esc) key
approx. 3 sec
Press OVERRIDE Override (Tone Mute) key mem puls left = 50
Select (Esc) key
Select (Esc) key
The pump runs for 50 strokes. The display counts down. Then determine and record the volume removed by the pump and compare it to the calculated value. Check mixing ratio Notes: This test step permits verification of the concentrate or bicarbonate pump volumes in accordance with the parameters entered for the mixing system (mixing ratio, BC volume, conc. and bic. pump volume). The pump whose concentrate suction tube is pulled off is activated. 50 strokes are factory-set. This setting can be changed by pressing the (+/) keys (depending on the graduated cylinder used). However, when returning to CAL. MIXING-SYSTEM, the display will indicate the factory setting again.

4-28
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 13: Calibrating the conductivity The indicated values are examples
CALIB. CONDUCTIVITY Confirm key CONDUCTIVITY Set Confirm key
see Part 13.1
TEMP/COND COMP Calib Confirm key
see Part 13.2 (with OCM option only)
OCM PULSE calib. Confirm key
CONDUCTIVITY Check Confirm key
see Part 13.4
OCM COND.-Check Confirm key
TEMP/COND COMP Check Confirm key
back to menu? Confirm key
4-29
Part 13.1: Setting the conductivity

CONDUCTIVITY Set Confirm key CD set: 12.80 mS/cm Select (Esc) key CD set: 15.70 mS/cm
Conc key (Use to move to the Concentrate setting field.)

Conc. set = 0 %
Use to move to the Concentrate setting field. If no key is pressed for approx. 4 sec
conc. set = X %
If no key is pressed for approx. 4 sec
Use (+/) to reduce the concentrate pump volume to get to a CD in the lower display range.
Use (+/) to raise the concentrate pump volume to get to a CD in the lower display range. e.g.:
Conc. set. = +10 %
Conc. set. = X % Override (Tone Mute) key ACKNOWLEDGED Override (Tone Mute) key ACKNOWLEDGED
approx. 3 sec approx. 3 sec

CD set: XX.X mS/cm CD set: 12.80 mS/cm
Wait for the CD to stabilize. Compare the CD with the external reference meter. In case of a deviation, adjust the display by pressing the (+/) keys.
Override (Tone Mute) key ACKNOWLEDGED
Wait for the CD to stabilize. Compare the CD with the external reference instrument. In case of a deviation, adjust the display by pressing the (+/) keys.
approx. 3 sec approx. 3 sec
CD set: 12.80 mS/cm 1 2 3 4

Alpha display
7 4 1 8 5 2 9 6 3 C Conf
CD cell 7; 12 bit / 8 bit alternating (with OCM option only) CD cell 110; 12 bit/ 8 bit alternating (with OCM option only)
XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX
ADC-digits
[ADC-digits (OCM)]
steps
(concentrate pump)
steps
(bicarbonate pump)
ADC-digits
[ADC-digits (OCM)]
Concentrate setting
0
Bicarbonate setting
Esc
4-30
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 13.2: Setting the temperature/conductivity compensation (with OCM option only)
TEMP/COND COMP Calib. Confirm key
act temp = XX.XX C 1

Esc key
System in bypass
act temp = XX.XX C
XX.XX XX.XX XX.XX XX.XX
mS/cm mS/cm mS/cm mS/cm
2 3 4
Alpha display
7 4 8 5 2 9 6 3 0
Verify that the conductivity of both measuring cells in the "UF rate" () and the "UF time"() window is identical and that it is within 13.9 to 14.5 mS/cm. If the conductivity is outside these limits: use to select the concentrate setting field
conc. set = 0 %
Concentrate setting
Bicarbonate Temperature adjustment setting

Esc
Conf
Use +/ to reduce/increase the concentrate pump volume until the conductivity is inside the alarm limits 13.9 14.5 mS/cm
act temp = XX.XX C 1 XX.XX XX.XX XX.XX XX.XX mS/cm mS/cm mS/cm mS/cm
conc. set = +X % Tone Mute key
2 3
ACKNOWLEDGED
approx. 3 sec
act temp = XX.XX C
Alpha display
7 4 1 8 5 2 9 6 3 C 0
Esc
Verify that the preset temperature of 35 C is achieved and that it has stabilized. Check: Display, LED bargraph display Tolerance: 0.5 C
Tone Mute key ACKNOWLEDGED
Conf
CD cell 7, Value in mS/cm after confirmation of 35C CD cell 7, current value in mS/cm CD cell 110, Value in mS/cm after confirmation of 35C CD cell 110, current value in mS/cm
approx. 3 sec
act temp = XX.XX C
Verify that the preset temperature of 39 C is achieved and that it has stabilized. Check: Display, LED bargraph display Tolerance: 0.5 C
Tone Mute key DATA STORED
approx. 3 sec
4-31
Part 13.3: Calibrating the OCM pulse (with OCM option only)
OCM PULSE calibr.
Verify that the conductivity is within13.9 to 14.6 mS/cm and wait for the conductivity to stabilize.
Confirm key Start PULSE calib.? Tone Mute key Esc key Esc key
OCM PULSE UP activ
Positive OCM pulse duration

OCM PULSE DOWN activ Esc key
Negative OCM pulse duration

OCM PULSE finished
approx. 3 sec Tone mute LED is flashing. Info sound

pos. Dialy: XXXX.X neg. Dialy: XXXX.X
alternating Tolerance per pulse: 25

Tone Mute key
DATA STORED
Note If the value is outside 25, check the conductivity measuring system of the dialysis system.
approx. 3 sec
OCM PULSE UP activ 1 2 3 4 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX mS/cm Seconds Index
Time elapsed since the pulse calibration was started Counter Concentrate setting CD cell 7, compensated CD value
7 4 1
8 5 2
9 6 3
Esc
Conf
4-32
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 13.4: Checking the conductivity

CONDUCTIVITY Check Confirm key act. cond: XX.X mS/cm
Use to select the Concentrate setting field

conc. set = 0%
Use the +/ keys to reduce the concentrate pump volume e.g.:

conc. set = 6 % Tone Mute key
ACKNOWLEDGED
approx. 3 sec
act. cond: XX.X mS/cm
Repeat the procedure with different values
Verify the conductivity. Check: Reference meter, display, LED bargraph display
Esc key
act. cond: XX.X mS/cm 1 2 3 4 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX ADC-digits

[ADC-digits (OCM)]
CD cell 7; 12 bit / 8 bit alternating (with OCM option only) CD cell 110; 12 bit / 8 bit alternating (with OCM option only)
steps
(concentrate pump)
steps
(bicarbonate pump)
Concentrate setting
4-33
Part 13.5: Checking the OCM conductivity (with OCM option only)
OCM COND.-Check Confirm key OCM Cond.-Check
Use to select the concentrate setting field

conc. set = 0%
Use the +/ keys to reduce the concentrate pump volume. e.g.:

conc. set = 6 % Tone Mute key
ACKNOWLEDGED
approx. 3 sec
OCM Cond.-Check
Repeat the procedure with different values
Verify the conductivity. Check: Reference meter, display, LED bargraph display
Esc key
CD cell 7; 12 bit OCM Cond.-Check 1 2 3 4

Alpha display
7 4 1 8 5 2 9 6 3 C Conf
CD cell 7 CD cell 110;12 bit CD cell 110
XXXX XX.XX XXXX XX.XX
ADC-digits (OCM) mS/cm ADC-digits (OCM) mS/cm
Concentrate setting
0
Bicarbonate Temperature setting adjustment

Esc
4-34
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 13.6: Temperature/conductivity compensation test (with OCM option only)

TEMP/COND COMP Check Confirm key act temp = XX.XX C
The individual conductivities and their compensation factors are displayed in the fields (see 4008 H/S) The conductivity cells can be crosschecked by changing the concentration or temperature.
Esc key
CD cell 7, compensated act temp = XX.XX C 1 2 3 4

Alpha display
7 4 1 8 5 2 9 6 3 C Conf
CD cell 7, compensation factor CD cell 110, compensated CD cell 110, compensation factor
XX.XX XXXX XX.XX XXXX
mS/cm mS/(cmC) mS/cm mS/(cmC)
Concentrate setting
0
Bicarbonate Temperature setting adjustment

Esc
4-35
Part 14: Calibrating the dialysate pressure (stainless steel pressure transducer)
CAL. DIAL. PRESSURE Confirm key DIALYSATE Pressure Confirm key
see Part 14.1
TMP-Check Confirm key
see Part 14.2
PDIAL2 press-check Confirm key
see Part 14.3
Note Measuring instrument accuracy: 1 % of the measured value.
4-36
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 14.1: Dialysate pressure

DIALYSATE Pressure Confirm key adj.zero.: + XXX mmHg Select (Esc) key
Open the dialysate circuit. Flow off / UF off. The dialysate pressure approaches 0. Set 0 mmHg on the display by pressing the (+/) keys.
adj.zero.: 0 mmHg
Open the dialysate circuit.

Override (Tone Mute) key ACKNOWLEDGED
Close the dialysate circuit. Switch on the flow.
approx. 3 sec Switch on the flow.
Switch on the UF pump by pressing the UF I/O key. Switch off the flow. Leave the UF pump running until approx. 500 mmHg are indicated by the external reference instrument.
Use the potentiometer P3/LP 633 to set the value indicated by the external reference instrument on the alphanumeric display.
dia.gain.: 500 mmHg
Close the dialysate circuit. Switch on the UF pump by pressing the UF I/O key. Switch off the flow. Leave the UF pump running, until approx. 500 mmHg are indicated by the external reference instrument. Enter the value indicated by the external reference instrument by pressing the (+/) keys.
Repeat the procedure until 0 and 500 mmHg correspond to the external comparison instrument.
not OK
OK
OPEN SYSTEM
Open the dialysate circuit. After the system has recognized that the circuit is open, the flow is switched on automatically.
Wait for OVERRID.LED
The Override LED is flashing.

DATA STORED
approx. 3 sec
4-37
Part 14.2: TMP check

TMP-Check Confirm key tmp: XXX mmHg
Use the UF pump to build up various negative pressures (Flow on / UF off). Compare the values indicated on the display, the LED display and the external measuring instrument.
Select (Esc) key
approx. 3 sec Note: Observe the venous pressure! Note: Switch the flow on and off again once in a while, to maintain the operating temperature of the pressure transducer.
Part 14.3: PDIAL2 pressure check (for systems with advanced hydraulics only)
PDIAL2 press-check Confirm key
4008 H/S:
PDial2: XXX mmHg

PDial2: XXX mmHg
Use the UF pump to build up various negative pressures (Flow on / UF off). Compare the values indicated on the display, the LED display and the external measuring instrument.
Select (Esc) key
XXXX
ADC-digits
approx. 3 sec Note: Observe the venous pressure!
PDial2 display
7 4 1 8 5 2 9 6 3 C 0
Flow setting
Esc
Conf
In 4008 H/S systems the temperature compensation function can also be checked: Press to select the field Flow setting. Adjust the flow by pressing +/. Confirm by pressing the Tone Mute key.
4-38
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 15: Blood leak voltage

CALIBRATE BLD Confirm key Adjust BLOOD-LEAK Confirm key volt. bll. = 5.0 V Select (Esc) key
Adjust DIMNESS Confirm key volt.dimn. = 5.0 V Select (Esc) key
Set 5.0 V on the display by pressing the (+/) keys.

Set 5.0 V on the display by pressing the (+/) keys.

DATA STORED
approx. 3 sec
DATA STORED
approx. 3 sec Tolerance for dimness voltage: 5 V 0.3 V. Note: If values deviate check the glass burette for contamination. Close the housing; temperature 37 C; avoid incident light from an external source.
4-39
Part 16: Calibrating the BIBAG values (optional)

CALIB. BIBAG VALUES Confirm key BIBAG Temp.-Adjust Confirm key connect 10k0.1% Connect the calibration resistor (10 k) to connector X107 (with advanced hydraulics: X12). Override (Tone Mute) key Select (Esc) key
BIBAG Temp.-Check Confirm key * act temp = XX.XC Select (Esc) key
BIBAG Cond.-Adjust Confirm key connect 1040.1% Connect the calibration resistor (104) to connector X108 (with advanced hydraulics: X13). Override (Tone Mute) key Select (Esc) key
DATA STORED approx. 3 sec
ACKNOWLEDGED approx. 3 sec connect 56.20.1% Connect the calibration resistor (56.2) to connector X108 (with advanced hydraulics: X13). Override (Tone Mute) key Select (Esc) key
DATA STORED approx. 3 sec
BIBAG Cond.-Check Confirm key ** act.cond: XX.XmS/cm Select (Esc) key
back to menu ? Confirm key * with test plug: 25 C ** without test plug: 45,7 mS/cm or 84,5 mS/cm refer also to the Technical Manual for the biBag
4-40
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 17: Resetting the failure record

RESET FAILURE RECORD Confirm key
audible alarm
Are you sure ? Override (Tone Mute) key ACKNOWLEDGED Select (Esc) key
approx. 3 sec
4-41
Part 18: Initializing the NOVRAM, resetting the mandatory rinse, resetting the V84 malfunction
audible alarm
Are you sure ? Select (Esc) key
NOVRAM Confirm key Init NOVRAM Confirm key
ACKNOWLEDGED
approx. 3 sec
BACK TO MAIN MENU ?
Reset MAND. RINSE Confirm key
audible alarm
Reset CDS-MAND RINSE Confirm key
audible alarm
ACKNOWLEDGED
approx. 3 sec
ACKNOWLEDGED BACK TO MAIN MENU ?
approx. 3 sec
BACK TO MAIN MENU ?
audible alarm
Reset V84 Confirm key Are you sure ? Select (Esc) key
ACKNOWLEDGED
approx. 3 sec
BACK TO MAIN MENU ?
Note: The NOVRAM menu option can be entered only if the DIP-Switch1/DIP-Sw.Array2/LP631 is activated in the calibration mode. To this end and depending on its initial position, the switch must be actuated once and then be reset to its initial position.
4-42
5/03.09 (TM)
Without menu display: Adjusting the Hall sensor in the heparin pump Adjustment of Hall sensor 1 Remove plug connector from Hall sensor 2. Move the slide carriage down over Hall sensor 1. Move the slide carriage up to its fully open position. Move the slide carriage down again to the end of its travel. The free motion between the slide carriage and the housing should be approx. 0.5 mm. If necessary, change the position of Hall sensor 1 and repeat the procedure. Adjustment of Hall sensor 2 Reconnect plug connector for Hall sensor 2. Move the slide carriage down to approx. 2 cm before the end of its travel. Manually turn the threaded spindle approx. 2-3 rotations in delivery direction. Move the slide carriage down. The slide carriage must stop before the mechanical end of its travel. If necessary, change the position of Hall sensor 2 and repeat the procedure several times.
Hall sensor 1
Hall sensor 2
4-43
4-44
5/03.09 (TM)
Table of contents 5 Diagnostics program

Section 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 5.10 5.11 5.12 5.13 General notes ................................................................................................................ Menu structure .............................................................................................................. Reading the analog inputs of CPU I ........................................................................... Reading the analog inputs of CPU II .......................................................................... Reading the digital inputs of CPU I ............................................................................ Reading the digital inputs of CPU II ........................................................................... Writing the analog outputs of CPU I ........................................................................... Writing the analog outputs of CPU II .......................................................................... Writing the digital outputs of CPU I ............................................................................ Writing the digital outputs of CPU II ........................................................................... Writing/Reading the digital outputs of CPU I ............................................................ ONLINEplus module .................................................................................................... HPU ................................................................................................................................ Page 5-3 5-5 5-7 5-9 5-10 5-15 5-19 5-20 5-21 5-27 5-30 5-31 5-32
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
5-1
5-2
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
5.1
General notes
The diagnostics program serves to activate all inputs and outputs of the hemodialysis system. Activation is related to CPU1 (P.C.B. LP 631), CPU2 (P.C.B. LP 632), as well as to the output board (P.C.B. LP 634) and the input board (P.C.B. LP 633). Using this program, the technician is able to program his own settings for testing of error images. The diagnostics program is divided into the following menus: READ INPUTS READ ANALOG INPUTS CPU1: RD ANALOG INP. CPU2: RD ANALOG INP. READ DIGITAL INPUTS CPU1: RD DIGITAL INP CPU2: RD DIGITAL INP WRITE OUTPUTS WRITE ANALOG OUTPUTS CPU1: WR ANALOG OUTP CPU2: WR ANALOG OUTP WRITE DIGIT. OUTPUTS CPU1: WR DIGIT. OUTP CPU2: WR DIGIT. OUTP INP/OUTP COMBINATION CPU1: COMBINATION CANCOMPONENTS HPU ONLINEPLUSMODUL In order to indicate the corresponding levels, all UF-seven-segment displays as well as the status indicator (monitor), the external traffic light and the loudspeaker are used in the READ DIGITAL INPUTS menu. The active signal state (which may correspond to both present and absent voltage) is indicated by 1111 on the UF displays, activated traffic light (status indicator) and audible signal. An audible signal can be deactivated by pressing the (Alarm) Tone Mute key. With the audible signal deactivated, the (Alarm) Tone Mute LED is flashing as a reminder. The audible signal indication can be used to evaluate the state of the signal without having to look at the monitor. This may be advantageous in case measurements have to be made behind the system (e.g. hydraulic unit).
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
5-3
Note In the diagnostics program, the signals are listed in the order of their electric connection, i.e. in latch groups of 8 signals each, according to the 8-bit data bus and according to the latch numbering on the circuit diagram (e.g. P.C.B. LP 633: CS_LATCH0 CS_LATCH6). The are not divided into groups of pertinency (e.g. all Bibag signals one after the other). The only exception here is the activation of the solenoid valves. These are listed in the menu in the order of their numbers. This facilitates finding each individual valve since, as a rule, several valves must be simultaneously activated for trouble shooting. Since the signals are assigned to their respective connections (latch groups), it is possible at any time, by using the circuit diagram, to locate the respective signal in the menu, even if the signal name should have changed. Within one latch group, only one known signal suffices to find the renamed signal by counting through the menu. Deviations of all voltage values indicated are possible due to tolerances and depending on the various systems.
The CPU1: RD DIGITAL INP menu item includes the I:CPU1_KEY_TESTING item, which serves to perform the key test. The key actuated is indicated on the alphanumeric display. The UP, DOWN, CONFIRM, SELECT and I/O keys have not been implemented, since their function can be tested by selecting the corresponding menu.
CALIBRATION
DIAGNOSTICS Confirm key
MISCELLANEOUS
SETUP MENU
5-4
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
5.2
Menu structure
DIAGNOSTICS
Confirm key
READ INPUTS
WRITE OUTPUTS
Confirm key
INP/OUTP COMBINATION
CANCOMPONENTS
BACK TO MAIN MENU?
READ INPUTS
Confirm key

READ ANALOG INPUTS
Confirm key
CPU1: RD ANALOG INP.
from page 5-7
CPU2: RD ANALOG INP. from page 5-9
back to menu ?

Confirm key
READ DIGITAL INPUTS
Confirm key
from page 5-10
CPU2: RD DIGITAL INP from page 5-15
back to menu ?
Confirm key
back to menu?
Confirm key
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
5-5
WRITE OUTPUTS
Confirm key

WRITE ANALOG OUTPUTS
Confirm key
CPU1: WR ANALOG OUTP
from page 5-19
CPU2: WR ANALOG OUTP from page 5-20
back to menu ?

Confirm key
WRITE DIGIT. OUTPUTS
Confirm key
CPU1: WR DIGIT. OUTP
from page 5-21
CPU2: WR DIGIT. OUTP from page 5-27
back to menu ?
Confirm key
back to menu ?
Confirm key
INP/OUTP COMBINATION
Confirm key
CPU 1: COMBINATION
from page 5-30 Confirm key
back to menu ?
CANCOMPONENTS
Confirm key
HPU
from page 5-32
ONLINEPLUSMODUL from page 5-31 Confirm key
back to menu ?
5-6
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
5.3
Reading the analog inputs of CPU I
Explanation: UF Volume display: Time Left display:
ADC value Analog voltage (in 0.1 V), converted to the value at the input of P.C.B. LP 633
I: CPU1_VEN_BPR_SET Rated value specified for the venous blood pump rate 0 to 8 V, IC 27/3, ADC 0 to 171 (8 mm line diameter)
Confirm key
I: CPU1_PWR_WD Voltage for watchdog monitoring 5 V, IC 27/26, ACD 107 (4.5 to 5.5 V)
I: CPU1_HDF_PR_SET Rated value specified for the HDF blood pump rate 0 to 2.7 V, IC 27/3, ADC 0 to 58 (HDF switched on, 8 mm line diameter)
I: CPU1_P_CONC Not used 0 V, IC 27/27, ACD 0
I: CPU1_ART_BPR_SET Rated value specified for the arterial blood pump rate 0 to 8 V, IC 27/4, ADC 0 to 171 (8 mm line diameter)
I: CPU1_P_VEN Venous pressure 0 to 12 V, IC 27/28, ADC 0 to 255
I: CPU1_BPR_VEN Venous blood pump rate 0 to 10 V, IC 27/1, ADC 0 to 215 (8 mm line diameter)
I: CPU1_REF1 Reference voltage AD 0 2.5 V, IC 27/5, ADC 128 (2.3 to 2.5 V)
I: CPU1_PR_HDF HDF blood pump rate 0 to 3.3 V, IC 27/1, ADC 0 to 72 (HDF switched on, 8 mm line diameter)
I: CPU1_U_ACCU Battery voltage e.g. 22 V, IC 28/26, ADC e.g. 184
I: CPU1_P_BIC Not used 0 V, IC 28/27, ADC 0
I: CPU1_BPR_ART Arterial blood pump rate 0 to 10 V, IC 27/2, ADC 0 to 215 (8 mm line diameter)
I: CPU1_24V_EM 24V_EMERGENCY 24 V, IC 28/28, ADC 117 (22.5 to 26 V) Fresenius Medical Care 4008 5/03.09 (TM)
5-7

I: CPU1_P_ART Arterial pressure 0 to 10.5 V, IC 28/1, ADC 0 to 225
I: CPU1_TEMP_DIAL3 Temperature NTC (slot X107 / LP 747) 0 12 V, IC 29/1, ADC 0 255
I: CPU1_BLL_DIM Blood leak dimness voltage 5.0 V, IC 28/2, ADC 108
I: CPU1_COND_SIGNAL3 CD cell (slot X108 / LP 747) 0 10,8 V, IC 29/2, ADC 0 231
I: CPU1_BLL Blood leak voltage 5.0 V, IC 28/3, ADC 108
I: CPU1_FREE2 Not used, open input IC 29/3
I: CPU1_COND_SIGNAL1 CD display 0 to 10.8 V, IC 28/4, ADC 0 to 231
I: CPU1_U_BATT_SW Voltage for alarm tone, if battery relay is off 10.6 V, IC 29/4, ADC 110
I: CPU1_REF2 Reference voltage AD1 2.5 V, IC 28/5, ADC 128 (2.3 V to 2.5 V)
I: CPU1_REF3 Reference voltage AD2 2.5 V, IC 29/5, ADC 128 (2.3 to 2.5 V)
I: CPU1_FREE1 Not used 0 V, IC 29/26, ADC 0
back to menu ?
I: CPU1_TEMP_DIAL2 Temperature NTC 109 0 to 12 V, IC 29/27, ADC 0 to 255
Confirm key
I: CPU1_COND_SINGAL2 Not used 0 V, IC 29/28, ADC 0
5-8
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
5.4
Reading the analog inputs of CPU II
Explanation: UF Volume display: Time Left display:
ADC value Analog voltage (in 0.1 V), converted to the value at the input of P.C.B. LP 632
I: CPU2_BLL_DIM Blood leak dimness voltage 5.0 V, IC 12/13, ADC 116
Confirm key
I: CPU2_BLL Blood leak voltage 5.0 V, IC 12/13, ADC 116
I: CPU2_BPR_ART Arterial blood pump 0 to 9.6 V, IC 12/20, ADC 0 to 223
I: CPU2_P_ART Arterial pressure 0 to 10.6 V, IC 12/19, ADC 0 to 245
I: CPU2_+10V Reference voltage, D-A converter/CPU II 10 V; 12/13, ADC 234
I: CPU2_P_VEN Venous pressure 0 to 11 V, IC 12/18, ADC 0 to 255
I: CPU2_NC6 Not used 0 V, IC 12/13, ADC 0
I: CPU2_P_DIAL Dialysate pressure 0 to 10 V, IC 12/17, ADC 0 to 231
back to menu ?
I: CPU2_COND_SIGNAL CD display 0 to 10.8 V, IC 12/16, ADC 0 to 251
Confirm key
I: CPU2_TEMP_DIAL1 Temperature display 0 to 10.8 V, IC 12/15, ADC 0 to 251
I: CPU2_P_DIAL2 Control voltage for higher resolution Dialysate pressure 0 to 10.9 V, IC 12/14, ADC 0 to 252
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
5-9
5.5
Reading the digital inputs of CPU I
Explanation: All UF displays show 0000; red, yellow, green traffic light off: low level at latch on P.C.B. LP 633 All UF displays show 1111; red, yellow, green traffic light on: high level at latch on P.C.B. LP 633 If high level is applied, an audible alarm is simultaneously sounded. This tone can be suppressed by pressing the Alarm Tone Mute key. In this case, the Alarm Tone Mute LED is illuminated.
I: CPU1_ABG_BYP Not used IC 19/7
Confirm key
I: CPU1_ABG_ON Not used IC 19/8
I: CPU1_COND_V84 V84 CD recognition IC 19/2 Check by pulling off/short-circuiting the sensors
I: CPU1_ABG_ALARM Not used IC 19/9
I: CPU1_LDA1 LD alarm, channel 1 IC 19/3 Check whether LD in alarm/alarm-free state
I: CPU1_V43 Valve 43 IC 13/2 Check by opening/closing the valve
I: CPU1_OD_IN LD optical detector IC 19/4 Check whether OD detects dark/light
I: CPU1_FL_SWITCH1 Float switch IC 19/5 Generate water deficiency in calibration mode: 0 Open V 41 until water exits the vent tubing: 1
I: CPU1_V24b Valve 24b IC 13/4 Check by opening/closing the valve
I: CPU1_CI Balancing chamber switching pulse IC 19/6
5-10
5/03.09 (TM)

I: CPU1_REED_RINSE Concentrate reed contact IC 14/4 Actuate rinse chamber/concentrate reed contact
I: CPU1_UF_P1 Acknowledgement of UF pump 1 IC 13/6 Check possible only in the combination menu
I: CPU1_BIBAG_C Microswitch 138 / connector IC 14/5 Check by connecting/removing the cap
I: CPU1_LDA2 LD alarm, channel 2 IC 13/7 Preparation: LD alarm-free and set CLAMP_CTRL (CPU1: WR DIGIT. OUTP) to 1 Check: initiate an LD alarm
I: CPU1_PSW_V102 Concentrate pressure switch IC 14/6 Check by increasing/decreasing the pressure at the pressure switch
I: CPU1_SUB_W_P Acknowledgement of UF pump 2 IC 13/8
I: CPU1_PSW_V104 Bicarbonate pressure switch IC 14/7 Check by increasing/decreasing the pressure at the pressure switch
I: CPU1_LC11 IC 13/9
I: CPU1_PWR_OFF Power off IC 14/8
I: CPU1_REED_BIC Bicarbonate reed contact IC 14/2 Actuate rinse chamber/bicarbonate reed contact
I: CPU1_HEP_ON Heparin pump on IC 14/9 Switch heparin pump on/off
I: CPU1_BIBAG Microswitch 137 / connector IC 14/3 Check by connecting/removing the BIBAG
I: CPU1_LA32 IC 15/2
5-11

I: CPU1_SW_ON_OFF On/off key on system IC 15/3 Brief key actuation
I: CPU1_SN Single-Needle changeover IC 16/2 Changeover pressure of SN blood pump reached: 0
I: CPU1_PWR_FAIL Power failure recognition IC 15/4
I: CPU1_ADKS Single-Needle blood pump recognition connected IC 16/3 Connect/remove the blood pump (only with the system off)
I: CPU1_SHUNT_OUTP Microswitch, interlock shunt IC 15/5 Both lines in the interlock shunt and interlock shunt closed: 0
I: CPU1_BPSB_ART Arterial blood pump stop confirmation IC 16/4 Actuation of Start/Stop key on the arterial blood pump
I: CPU1_SHUNT_INP Microswitch, interlock shunt IC 15/6 Red line only in the interlock shunt and interlock shunt closed: 0
I: CPU1_BPUS_ART Arterial blood pump revolution stop IC 16/5 Arterial blood pump alarm field on: 0 (cleared by pressing the Start/Stop key on the blood pump)
I: CPU1_SHUNT Microswitch, interlock shunt IC 15/7 Open/close interlock shunt
I: CPU1_BPSB_VEN Venous blood pump stop confirmation IC 16/6 Actuation of the Start/Stop key on the venous blood pump
I: CPU1_SERV_EN Not used IC 15/8
I: CPU1_LEV_SIGNAL Level sensor (NTC 6 replacement) IC 15/9 Check by removing/short-circuiting the sensor pins
I: CPU1_BPUS_VEN Venous blood pump revolution stop IC 16/7 Preparation: Set SNST (CPU1: WR DIGIT. OUTP) to 1 and wait for the alarm field. Venous blood pump on. Check: clearing of the alarm field by pressing the Start/Stop key on the venous blood pump
5-12
5/03.09 (TM)

E. CPU1_HEP_ALARM Heparin pump alarm IC 16/8 Generate a heparin pump alarm (e.g. by blocking the syringe slide)
I: CPU1_ACKN_CONC Not used IC 20/7
I: CPU1_ACKN_BIC Not used IC 20/8
I: CPU1_BIB_LEVEL Level sensor 135 IC 16/9 Check by removing/shorting the sensor pins
I: CPU1_BIBAG_PSW BIBAG pressure switch IC 20/9 Check by increasing/decreasing pressure on the pressure switch
I: CPU1_EXT_ALARM External alarm IC 20/2 Release of an external alarm
I: CPU1_RA21 Not used IC 21/2
I: CPU1_SERVICE_MODE Dialysis/calibration changeover IC 20/3 Reset the service switch
I: CPU1_HDF_ON HDF on IC 21/3 Actuation of HDF On/Off switch
I: CPU1_LEVEL_UP Raise the LD level IC 20/4 Press the Raise level key
I: CPU1_V102 Acknowledgement, valve 102 IC 21/4 Open/close the valve
I: CPU1_LEVEL_DOWN Lower the LED level IC 29/5 Preparation: LD alarm-free, set CLAMP_CTRL (CPU1: WR DIGIT. OUTP) to 1 Check: press the Lower level key
I: CPU1_V104 Acknowledgement, valve 104 IC 21/5 Open/close the valve
I: CPU1_ADS_SN Not used IC 20/6
I: CPU1_CSS_REED IC 21/6
5-13

I: CPU1_HEAT_CLK IC 21/7
I: CPU1_LATCH7_FREE7 Not used IC 7/8
I: CPU1_BYP_REQ IC 21/8
I: CPU1_CLP_REQ IC 21/9
I: CPU1_DIP1:00011100 DIP switch CPU I/array I P.C.B. LP 631/IC 12/2 to 9 The position of the DIP switches is shown on the alphanumeric display (1: DIP switch ON)
I: CPU1_DIP2: 00000000 DIP switch CPU I/array II P.C.B. LP 631/IC 13/2 to 9 The position of the DIP switches is shown on the alphanumeric display (1: DIP switch ON)
I: CPU1_KEY_TESTING Touch panel test P.C.B. LP 635/IC 73/2 to 6 The key pressed is shown on the alphanumerical display, the LED next to the key is illuminated.
I: CPU1_RCU_KEY_TEST Touch panel test for the remote control RCU 4008. The key pressed is shown on the alphanumerical display, the LED next to the key is illuminated.
back to menu ?
Confirm key
5-14
5/03.09 (TM)
5.6
Reading the digital inputs of CPU II
Explanation: All UF displays show 0000; red, yellow, green traffic light off: low level at latch on P.C.B. LP 632 All UF displays show 1111; red, yellow, green traffic light on: high level at latch on P.C.B. LP 632 If high level is applied, an audible alarm is simultaneously sounded. This tone can be suppressed by pressing the Alarm Tone Mute key. In this case, the Alarm Tone Mute LED is illuminated.
I: CPU2_V26 Acknowledgement, valve 26 IC 4/9, open/close the valve
Confirm key
I: CPU2_NC3 Not used IC 4/2
I: CPU2_UF_P1 Acknowledgement, UF pump 1 IC 4/3
I: CPU2_BL_ALARM Blood pump rate changeover SN/HDF IC 5/3
I: CPU2_ACKN_AIRSEP Acknowledgement, air separation pump IC 4/4
I: CPU2_PWR_OFF Power off IC 5/4
I: CPU2_UF_P2 Acknowledgement, UF pump 2 IC 4/5
I: CPU2_FL_SWITCH+5V Float switch IC 5/5 Generate a water deficiency in the calibration mode = 0 Open V41 until water exits the vent tubing = 1
I: CPU2_CI Balancing chamber switching pulse IC 4/6
I: CPU2_LDA1 LD alarm, channel 1 IC 5/6, LD alarm/alarm-free
I: CPU2_V24b Acknowledgement, valve 24b IC 4/8, open/close the valve Fresenius Medical Care 4008 5/03.09 (TM)
5-15

I: CPU2_LDA2 LD alarm, channel 2 IC 5/7 Preparation: LD alarm-free and set CLAMP_CTRL (CPU1: WR DIGIT. OUTP) to 1 Check: generate an LD alarm
I: CPU2_BPST_VEN Acknowledgement, special control of the venous blood pump IC 6/5 Check by setting BPST_VEN (CPU1: WR DIGIT. OUTP) to 1/0
I: CPU2_BPSB_VEN Venous blood pump stop confirmation IC 5/8 Actuation of the Start/Stop key on the venous blood pump
I: CPU2_BPUS_VEN Venous blood pump revolution stop IC 6/6 Preparation: Set SNST (CPU1: WR DIGIT. OUTP) to 1 and wait for the alarm field of the venous blood pump to turn on Check: clear the alarm field by pressing the Start/Stop key on the venous blood pump
I: CPU2_BPSB_ART Arterial blood pump stop confirmation IC 5/9 Actuation of the Start/Stop key on the arterial blood pump
I: CPU2_ADKS Single-Needle blood pump recognition connected IC 6/7 Connect/remove the blood pump (with the system off only)
I: CPU2_V42 Not used IC 6/2
I: CPU2_LEVEL_UP Raise LD level IC 6/8, press the Raise level key
I: CPU2_BPST_ART Acknowledgement, special control of the arterial blood pump IC 6/3 Check by setting BPST_ART (CPU1: WR DIGIT. OUTP) to 1/0
I: CPU2_LEVEL_DOWN Lower LD level IC 6/9 Preparation: LD alarm-free, set CLAMP_CTRL (CPU1: WR DIGIT. OUTP) to 1 Check: press the Lower level key
I: CPU2_BPUS_ART Arterial blood pump revolution stop IC 6/4 Alarm field of the arterial blood pump on = 0 (cleared by pressing the Start/Stop key on the blood pump)
I: CPU2_RINSE Concentrate reed contact IC 7/2 Actuate rinse chamber/concentrate reed contact
5-16
5/03.09 (TM)

I: CPU2_V147 IC 7/3
I: CPU2_SERVICE_MODE Changeover dialysis/calibration IC 8/3, reset the service switch
I: CPU2_REED_BIC Bicarbonate reed contact IC 7/4 Actuate rinse chamber/bicarbonate reed contact
I: CPU2_HOT_RINSE Changeover hot rinsing IC 8/4 Check by setting HOT_RINSE (CPU1: WR DIGIT. OUTP) to 0/1
I: CPU2_PSW_104 Bicarbonate pressure switch IC 7/5 Check by increasing/decreasing pressure at the pressure switch
I: CPU2_OD_OUT LD optical detector IC 8/5, optical detector light/dark
I: CPU2_V145 IC 7/6
I: CPU2_SNST Single-Needle control IC 8/6
I: CPU2_SHUNT_OUTP Microswitch, interlock shunt IC 7/7 Both lines in the interlock shunt and interlock shunt closed: 0
I: CPU2_24V_SW 24-V switch IC 8/7
I: CPU2_SN Single-Needle changeover IC 8/8, SN switching pressure reached: 0
I: CPU2_SHUNT_INP Microswitch, interlock shunt IC 7/8 Red line only in the interlock shunt and interlock shunt closed: 0
I: CPU2_HEAT_RL_WATCH Acknowledgement, heater relay IC 8/9
I: CPU2_SHUNT Microswitch, interlock shunt IC 7/9, open/close the interlock shunt
I: CPU2_DIP1: 01100110 DIP switch CPU II/array I IC 9/2 to 9 DIP switch position shown on the alphanumeric display (1: DIP switch ON)
I: CPU2_ABG_ON Not used IC 8/2
5-17

I: CPU2_DIP2: 11000001 DIP switch CPU II/array II IC 10/2 to 9 DIP switch position shown on the alphanumeric display (1: DIP switch ON)
back to menu ?
Confirm key
5-18
5/03.09 (TM)
5.7
Writing the analog outputs of CPU I
Explanation: UF Rate display: Time Left display:
DAC value (can be changed with: 4008/E/B: UF Rate, 4008 H/S: +/) Analog voltage on P.C.B. LP 634, in 0.1 V
O: CPU1_DAC_X2 Not used IC 53/4 0 to 5 V (X634R/C13, 0 to 5 V)
Confirm key
O: CPU1_TEMP_SET Rated value specified for the temperature IC 53/9 0 to 5 V (X634R/C20, 0.2 to 10 V)
O: CPU1_STEUER_EP Speed setting, degassing pump IC 53/3 0 to 4.4 V (X634L/ between A, B, C 27 and A, B, C 28, 0 to 21 V)
O: CPU1_DAC_DIM Calibration voltage, dimness IC 53/8 0 to 5 V (C634R/A11, 0 to 5 V)
O: CPU1_STEUER_FP Speed setting, flow pump IC 53/2 0 to 4.4 V (X634L/ between A, B, C 29 and A, B, C 30, 0 to 21 V)
O: CPU1_TEMP_ADJ Calibration voltage, temperature control IC 53/7 0 to 5 V (X634R/C21, 0 to 5 V)
back to menu ?
O: CPU1_DAC_BLL Calibration voltage, blood leak IC 53/6 0 to 5 V (X634R/A12, 0 to 5 V)
Confirm key
O: CPU1_BIBAG_TEMP_AJ Calibration voltage for temperature NTC (slot X107 / LP 747) IC 53/5 0 to 5 V (X634R/A13, 0 to 5 V)
5-19
5.8
Writing the analog outputs of CPU II
Explanation: UF Rate display: Time Left display:
DAC value (can be changed with: 4008/E/B: UF Rate, 4008 H/S: +/) Analog voltage on P.C.B. LP 632, in 0.1 V
O: CPU2_HIGH_RES_OP OP control voltage for higher resolution of dialysate pressure IC 11/20, 0 to 10 V
Confirm key
O: CPU2_TEMP_DET_ADJ Detuning, temperature display IC 11/2, 0 to 10 V (X632/A23, 0 to 10 V)
back to menu ?
O: CPU2_DIAL_DET_ADJ Detuning, dialysate pressure display IC 11/1, 0 to 10 V (X632/C 20, 0 to 10 V)
Confirm key
O: CPU2_P_ADS_DET Not used IC 11/20, 0 to 10 V (X632/A 20, 0 to 10 V)
O: CPU2_PV_DET Detuning, venous pressure IC 11/20, 0 to 10 V (X632/C 18, 1 to 9 V)
O: CPU2_PA_DET Detuning, arterial pressure IC 11/19, 0 to 10 V (X632/A 17, 4 to 7 V)
O: CPU2_COND_DET Detuning, CD display IC 11/19, 0 to 10 V (X632/A 21, 0 to 10 V)
5-20
5/03.09 (TM)
5.9
Writing the digital outputs of CPU I
Explanation: UF Rate display:
0000 = not active 1111 = active (P.C.B. LP 634 level) (can be changed with: 4008/E/B: UF Rate, 4008 H/S: +/)
O: CPU1_V33 Valve 33 IC 12/17
Confirm key
O: CPU1_V24b Valve 24b IC 10/13
O: CPU1_V130 Valve 130 IC 10/17
O: CPU1_V41 Valve 41 IC 7/13 (After a short time interval, the valve closes automatically, to prevent the water from overflowing.)
5-21

O: CPU1_V102 Valve 102 IC 10/12 (Activation of the valve is possible only if a mandatory rinse is not requested.)
O: CPU1_V84 Valve 84 IC 7/18 Note: After the valve V84 has been activated, rinsing is mandatory.
O: CPU1_V104 Valve 104 IC 7/14 (Activation of the valve is possible only if a mandatory rinse is not requested.)
O: CPU1_V126 Not used
O: CPU1_V91 Valve 91 IC 10/14 Note: When exiting this menu option (return to CPU1: WR DIGIT. OUTP) the valve will be closed.
O: CPU1_AIR_SEP_PUMP Air separation pump IC 4/18, 19 (1111: clockwise) Note: When exiting the menu option, the ASP stops
5-22
5/03.09 (TM)

O: CPU1_STOP_EP Stopping of the degassing pump IC 4/16
O: CPU1_FILL_ONE_CHAM Filling of a balancing chamber compartment Dataword to Gal 23: 0100 0010 (V 32, 37 open)
O: CPU1_STOP_FP Stopping of the flow pump IC 4/15
O: CPU1_EMPTY_ONE_CHA Emptying of a balancing chamber compartment Dataword to Gal 23: 1100 0010 (V 32, 37, 38 open)
O: CPU1_SET_UF1_ON Activation of UF pump 1 IC 4/14 (0/1 jump = 1 stroke)
O: CPU1_CO:L:XXXXXXXX Step number of concentrate pump The dataword to IC 2 is indicated on the alphanumeric display and can be changed by pressing the UF Rate UP/ DOWN keys. Prerequisite: reed contact of concentrate connector open
O: CPU1_SET_UF2_ON Activation of UF pump 2 IC 4/13 (0/1 jump = 1 stroke)
O: CPU1_SET_EN_UF2 Not used IC 4/12
O: CPU1_BI_L:XXXXXXXX Step number of bicarbonate pump Prerequisite: reed contact of bicarbonate connector open
O: CPU1_SET_FLOW_ON Flow on Dataword to Gal 23: 0000 0010 (active, V 32 open) 0000 0011 (inactive, V 31, 32 open)
O: CPU1_ALARM_SOUND Alarm tone IC 5/18, 19 set to 1: active
O: CPU1_WARN_SOUND Warning tone IC 5/18 set to 1, 19 to 0: active
O: CPU1_SET_FILL_PRG Fill program Dataword to Gal 23: 0000 1010 (V 32, 34 open)
O: CPU1_INFO_SOUND Infosound IC 5/18 set to 0, 19 to 1: active
O: CPU1_EMPTIING_PRG Emptying program: Dataword to Gal 23: 0001 0010 (V 32, 35 open)
O: CPU1_CLK_OVERLAP Changeover of dead time of balancing chamber IC 5/17 set to 0: 1 kHz; to 1: 2 Hz Fresenius Medical Care 4008 5/03.09 (TM)
5-23

O:CPU1_EN_IN_PULSE Changeover, Eigentakt IC 5/16 set to 0: Eigentakt; to 1: changover current rise
O: CPU1_CPU_OFF Automatic switchoff IC 13/18 In position 1, the system switches off
O: CPU1_BC_PULSE Balancing chamber switching IC 5/15
O: CPU1_EN_PF_AT Release of audible power failure alarm IC 13/17 Preparation: set WD_SET (CPU2: WR DIGIT. OUTP) Check: with EN_PF_AT set to 0/1, the power failure alarm can be switched on/off
O: CPU1_EN_STEP_PULS Gal changeover IC 5/14
O: CPU1_BC_FUNCTION Activation of balancing chamber gal IC 5/13
O: CPU1_PIC_RA3 Not used IC 13/16
O: CPU1_STEPPER_PULS Eigentakt IC 5/12
O: CPU1_PROG_LOG1 Program logic 1, HDF pump IC 13/14 (0: speed 200; 1: speed 400)
O: CPU1_FL_SWITCH_EN V41 release IC 7/12 Check: Set level to 1 and float switch down: V 41 open Set level to 0 and float switch down: V 41 closed
O: CPU1_PROG_LOG2 Program logic 2, HDF pump IC 13/13 (0: speed 200; 1: speed 150)
O: CPU1_VENT_VALVE LD vent valve IC 13/12
O: CPU1_SNST Single-Needle control IC 13/19 Preparation: LD alarm-free and set CLAMP_CTRL (CPU1: WR DIGIT. OUTP) to 1 Check: SNST set to 1: as soon as the SN changeover pressure is reached, the venous blood pump is running
5-24
5/03.09 (TM)

O: CPU1_CLR_ALARM Clearing of the alarm IC 11/18 Check: generate a heparin pump alarm; by setting CLR_ALARM from 0 to 1, the alarm is cleared.
O: CPU1_BPSST_ART Arterial blood pump system stop IC 6/18
O: CPU1_CLAMP_CTRL LD clamp control IC 6/17 Preparation: LD in no alarm state
O: CPU1_HOT_RINSE Changeover, hot rinsing IC 11/17
O: CPU1_BPST_VEN Special control of the venous blood pump IC 6/16
O: CPU1_TEST_BATT Battery test IC 11/16
O: CPU1_BPSST_VEN Venous blood pump system stop IC 6/15 Preparation: Set SNST (CPU1: WR DIGIT. OUTP) to 1 Check: apply pressure to the SN blood pump; with BPSST_VEN, the blood pump can be switched on/off.
O: CPU1_CPU_AKKU Battery relay IC 11/15
O: CPU1_HEAT_OFF Heater blocking IC 11/14
O: CPU1_BL_ALARM Changeover, blood pump rate Single-Needle/HDF IC 6/14
O: CPU1_STAFF_CALL Staff call IC 11/13
O: CPU1_TL_RED Traffic light red IC 11/12 (The pertinent status indicator on the front panel lights simultaneously.)
O: CPU1_TL_YELLOW Traffic light yellow IC 6/13 (The pertinent status indicator on the front panel lights simultaneously.)
O: CPU1_BPST_ART Special control of the arterial blood pump IC 6/19
O: CPU1_TL_GREEN Traffic Light green IC 6/12 The pertinent status indicator on the front panel lights simultaneously.
5-25

O: PUMP FASTER 4008 H/S: O: CPU1_BP_FASTER
O: CPU1_ACKN_BL_ALARM Not used
Increase blood pump rate + (RCU 4008) LP 649/X4.4; LP 635/X4.4; LP 922/X5.4; LP 924/X6.4
O: CPU1_DISPLAY_TEST All LED indicators are tested. The display on the UF monitor counts from 1 to 0.
O: PUMP SLOWER 4008 H/S: O: CPU1_BP_SLOWER
back to menu ?
Decrease blood pump rate (RCU 4008) LP 649/X4.5; LP 635/X4.5; LP 922/X5.5; LP 924/X6.5
Confirm key
O: CPU1_OVERLAP_VALUE Charging of the dead time counter IC 3/12 to 19 (DAC adjustable from 0 to 255)
O: CPU1_V_ADS Not used
O: CPU1_NC_I Not used
O: CPU1_NC_II Not used
O: CPU1_NC_III Not used
O: CPU1_ACKN_FLOW Not used
5-26
5/03.09 (TM)
5.10
Writing the digital outputs of CPU II
Explanation: UF Rate display:
0000 = not active 1111 = active (P.C.B. LP 632 level) (can be changed with: 4008/E/B: UF Rate, 4008 H/S: +/)
O: CPU2_UF_P_CTRL Activation of UF pump IC 24/14, 0/1 level change = 1 stroke Preparation: set CPU2_UF_P_EN to 1.
Confirm key
O: CPU2_WD_RES Watchdog reset IC 24/18 Preparation: Set WD_SET (CPU2: WR DIGIT. OUTP) to 0, then to 1 again. Check: Briefly set WD_RES to 0; upon reset to 1, the WD relay is connected.
O: CPU2_UF_P_EN Release of UF pumps IC 24/13
O: CPU2_CPU2_ALARM Release of the alarm tone by CPU II IC 24/12
O: CPU2_WD_SET Watchdog set IC 24/17 Watchdog relay drops out, 24 V switched off, audible signal is sounded. To clear the alarm, turn the system off and on again. Otherwise calibration impossible.
O: CPU2_UF_P2_CTRL Activation of UF-Pump 2 IC 24/11, 0/1 level change = 1 stroke Preparation: set CPU2_UF_P_EN to 1.
O: CPU2_V24_EN Release of V 24 IC 24/16 Preparation: V 24 Switch on (CPU1: WR DIGIT. OUTP). Check: switch the valve on/off with V 24_EN.
O: CPU2_4066_ENABLE_1 Analog switch for P_ADS_DET IC 20/13 (X632/A20)
O: CPU2_4066_ENABLE_2 Analog switch for +10-V reference voltage IC 27/5
O: CPU2_V24B_EN Release of V24b IC 24/15 Preparation: switch on V 24B (CPU1: WR DIGIT. OUTP). Check: switch the valve on/off with V 24B_EN.
O: CPU2_4066_ENABLE_3 Analog switch for PV_DET IC 20/6 (X632/C18) Fresenius Medical Care 4008 5/03.09 (TM)
5-27

O: CPU2_4066_ENABLE_4 Analog switch for PA_DET IC 20/12 (X632/A17)
O: CPU2_CLAMP_CTRL Clamp control, air detector X632/C10 Preparation: LD in no alarm state
O: CPU2_4066_ENABLE_5 Analog switch, not used IC 27/13
O: CPU2_NC5 Not used X632/B25
O: CPU2_4066_ENABLE_6 Analog switch for COND_DET IC 20/5 (X632/A21)
O: CPU2_4066_ENABLE_7 Analog switch for BLL_DIM IC 27/6
O: CPU2_BLL_DET Detuning of blood leak detector X632/A25
O: CPU2_4066_ENABLE_8 Analog switch for BLL IC 27/12
O: CPU2_SN_EN Release of Single-Needle X632/C19
O: CPU2_SN_ART Single-Needle control, arterial X632/A15
O: CPU2_LDSA Attenuation of LD ultrasonic sensor X632/C16 Preparation: LD alarm-free and set CLAMP_CTRL (CPU1: WR DIGIT. OUTP) to 1. Check: by setting LDSA to 1, the clamp at the LD closes.
O: CPU2_V26 Valve 26 X632/A6
O: CPU2_V42 Not used X632/C4
O: CPU2_ODSA Attenuation of LD optical sensor X632/C15
O: CPU2_V43 Valve 43 X632/C5
5-28
5/03.09 (TM)

O: CPU2_VENT_DSAFE Vent valve, Diasafe X632/B5
O: CPU2_LED6 P.C.B. LP 632, LED 6 IC 21/14
O: CPU2_EM_HEAT_OFF Heater relay X632/A9 For safety reasons, the relay switches off again after having been activated.
back to menu ?
O: CPU2_NC9 X632/C6 IC 29/13
Confirm key
O: CPU2_LED5 P.C.B. LP 632, LED 5 IC 21/15 Fresenius Medical Care 4008 5/03.09 (TM)
5-29
5.11
Writing/Reading the digital outputs of CPU I
Explanation: UF Volume display: UF Rate display:
Acknowledgement/input (in case of 1111, the three status LEDs of the traffic light are also illuminated) Activation/output (can be changed with: 4008/E/B: UF Rate, 4008 H/S: +/)
CPU1: COMBINATION
CPU 1_COMBI: V104 Valve 104 Activation, P.C.B. LP 634/IC 7/14 Acknowledgement, P.C.B. LP 633/IC 21/5 (Activation of the valve is possible only if a mandatory rinse is not requested)
Confirm key
CPU 1_COMBI: V24 Valve 24 Activation, P.C.B. LP 634/IC 10/19 Acknowledgement, P.C.B. LP 633/ IC 13/5
CPU 1_COMBI: UF1_PUMP UF pump 1 Activation, P.C.B. LP 634/IC 4/14 Acknowledgement, P.C.B. LP 633/IC 13/6 (when setting from 0 to 1 = 1 stroke; acknowledgement is a brief change to 1)
CPU 1_COMBI: V24b Valve 24b Activation, P.C.B. LP 634/IC 10/13 Acknowledgement, P.C.B. LP 633/ IC 13/4
CPU 1_COMBI: AIR_SEP Switching the ASP on/off
back to menu ?
Confirm key
CPU 1: COMBINATION
CPU 1_COMBI: V102 Valve 102 Activation, P.C.B. LP 634/IC 10/12 Acknowledgement, P.C.B. LP 633/ IC 21/4 (Activation of the valve is possible only if a mandatory rinse is not requested)
5-30
5/03.09 (TM)
5.12
ONLINEplus module
ONLINE-PLUS-MODUL Confirm key READ INPUTS Confirm key READ ANALOG INPUTS Confirm key
READ DIGITAL INPUTS Confirm key
WRITE OUTPUTS Confirm key
WRITE ANALOG OUTPUTS Confirm key not yet implemented
WRITE DIGITAL OUTPUTS Confirm key A: ONL+_ONL1 (V193)
P.C.B. LP 785 X1/6a valve Online 1 V193

A: ONL+_ONL2 (V192)

A: ONL+_ONL3 (V191)

5-31
5.13
HPU
HPU Confirm key READ INPUTS Confirm key READ ANALOG INPUTS Confirm key
READ DIGITAL INPUTS Confirm key
WRITE OUTPUTS Confirm key
WRITE ANALOG OUTPUTS Confirm key not yet implemented
WRITE DIGIT. OUTPUTS Confirm key A: WTR_AIR_P
Compressor 185
A: WTR_V_TEST
Test valve V183

A: WTR_V39
Negative pressure valve V39

A: WTR_RETENT_V
Retentate valve V189

A: WTR_V_EVAC_INDI
not implemented
A: WTR_V_EVAC_SOD
Evacuation valve V188

5-32
5/03.09 (TM)
Table of contents 6 Setup menu

Section 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 Overview Setup menu settings ................................................................................... Overview ........................................................................................................................ Main menu 4008 E/B ..................................................................................................... Main menu 4008 H/S ..................................................................................................... Page 6-3 6-7 6-9 6-37
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
6-1
6-2
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
6.1
Overview Setup menu settings
Menu item SET ALARM/WARN TIME
Submenu Set ART-AL DELAYTIME Set VEN-AL DELAYTIME Set FLOW-OFF W-TIME Set UF-WARNING-TIME Set MUTE-TIME
Default value 5 sec 5 sec 30 min 10 min 1 min
Value range 0 5 sec 0 5 sec 30 60 min 10/30 min 1 2 min
Resolution 1 sec 1 sec 15 min 20 min 1 min
Menu item SETUP CLEANING PGM CLEANING Times
Submenu Rinsing TIME Hotrinse TIME Disinfection TIME Rinsing Free TIME
Default value 15 min 15 min 10 min
Value range 5 30 min 15 30 min 10 20 min
Resolution 1 min 1 min 1 min
CPU1: DIP switch array 1, SW8 set to OFF (Test flow 800 ml/min) 3 min 3 10 min for CDS: 5 min 5 10 min CPU1: DIP switch array 1, SW8 set to ON (Test flow 500 ml/min) 4 min 4 10 min for CDS: 6 min 6 10 min
1 min 1 min
1 min 1 min 1 min
Hot-Disinf TIME Mandatory Rinse TIME
10 min
10 20 min
CPU1: DIP switch array 1, SW8 set to OFF (Test flow 800 ml/min) 15 min 15 30 min for ON-LINE-HDF: 20 min 20 30 min for ONLINEplus: 17 min 17 30 min CPU1: DIP switch array 1, SW8 set to ON (Test flow 500 ml/min) 15 min 15 30 min for ON-LINE-HDF: 20 min 20 30 min for ONLINEplus: 20 min 20 30 min
1 min 1 min 1 min
1 min 1 min 1 min
CITRO-Mandat-Ri-Time
CPU1: DIP switch array 1, SW8 set to OFF (Test flow 800 ml/min) 10 min 10 25 min for ON-LINE-HDF: 20 min 20 25 min for ONLINEplus: 17 min 17 25 min CPU1: DIP switch array 1, SW8 set to ON (Test flow 500 ml/min) 10 min 10 25 min for ON-LINE-HDF: 20 min 20 25 min for ONLINEplus: 20 min 20 25 min
1 min 1 min 1 min
1 min 1 min 1 min 1 min
INTEGRATED-HR Time Continued on the next page
15 min
15 40 min
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
6-3
Menu item SETUP CLEANING PGM (Continued) Pgm COMBINATION only for 4008 E/B
Submenu
Default value
Selectable options
RINSE Pgm HOTRINSE Program
PGM 1: R PGM 1: FHRC
PGM 1: R PGM 2: R endless PGM 1: FHRC PGM 2: FHR PGM 3: IHR PGM 4: IHRC PGM 1: FDM PGM 2: FHDISM PGM 3: FDMHR PGM 4: FHDISMHR PGM 1: R PGM 2: R endless PGM 1: FHRC PGM 2: FHR PGM 3: IHR PGM 4: IHRC PGM 1: FDM PGM 2: FHDISM PGM 3: FDMHR PGM 4: FHDISMHR
DISINFECTION Pgm
PGM 2: FHDISM
DEFAULT Cleaning Pgm only for 4008 E/B
PGM 1: R
Menu item SETUP DILUTION
Submenu canister
Default value canister 1+34
Selectable options canister 1+34 1+35.83 ( NaCl 20 ) 1+35.83 ( NaCl 26 ) 1+35.83 ( Belgium ) canister 1+44 C canister 1+44 ACF VARIABLE SETTING CDS 1+34 CDS 1+44 C CDS 1+44 ACF Value range 0.800 2.500 30.000 45.000 25 45 25 80 Resolution 0.001 0.001 1 1
CDS
CDS 1+34
Default value VARIABLE SETTING
Menu item
Submenu
Default value HDFPREdilution
Selectable options HDFPREdilution HDFPOSTdilution
HDF-DILUTION only for ON-LINE-HDF (option)
Menu item SET CONDUCT. LIMIT
Submenu Cd Limit: 12.8 mS/cm
Default value 12.8 mS/cm
Value range 12.8 14.0 mS/cm
Resolution 0.1 mS/cm
Menu item INFO SOUND ( C-PGM )
Submenu
Default value Info-Sound: ON
Selectable options Info-Sound: ON Info-Sound: OFF
6-4
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
Menu item SET DIAL PARAMETERS SET Flow Parameter SET Temp. Parameter SET Na/Bic Parameter
Submenu Flow[ml/min]: 500 Temp.[C]: 37.0 Base Na+ 135mmol Prescr. Na+ 135mmol Bicarbonate 0mmol Limit Na/Base: 13 mmol only for 4008 H/S
Default value 500 ml/min 37 C 135 mmol 135 mmol 0 mmol 13 mmol
Value range 300 / 500 / 800 ml/min or value set in Dial 35 39 C or value set in Dial 125 150 mmol or value set in Dial
Resolution
0.5 C 1 mmol
125 150 mmol 1 mmol (13 mmol around the basic value) 8 to +8 mmol or value set in Dial 1 mmol
0 13 mmol 1 mmol however prescribed Na+, Base Na+
Menu item DIALYSIS TIME only for 4008 E/B
Submenu
Default value Effect. dialysis time
Selectable options Effect. dialysis time UF time
Menu item CALC.CUMUL.BLOOD-VOL
Submenu
Default value during seq DIAL: YES
Selectable options during seq DIAL: YES during seq DIAL: NO
Menu item
Submenu
Default value g/dl
Selectable options g/dl mmol/l
HAEMOGLOBIN UNIT only for BVM (option) and 4008
Menu item
Submenu
Default value OCM Measurement: OFF Default value
Selectable options OCM Measurement: OFF OCM Measurement: ON Resolution 1 sec 1 sec 1 sec 1 sec 1%
OCM SETTINGS OCM MEASUREMENT only for OCM (option) and 4008 H/S OCM MEASURE DEL.TIME
Value range
4008 H with advanced hydraulics: 15 sec 1 70 sec 4008 H with ONLINEplus: 65 sec 1 70 sec 4008 S with advanced hydraulics: 18 sec 1 70 sec 4008 S with ONLINEplus: 67 sec 1 70 sec
OCM KT/V WARNLEVEL
85 %
0 99 %
Menu item AUTOM. SN-START
Submenu
Default value autom. SN: OFF
Selectable options autom. SN: OFF autom. SN: ON
Menu item ACTIV. MONIT_NTC109
Submenu
Default value MONIT_NTC109: YES
Selectable options MONIT_NTC109: YES MONIT_NTC109: NO
Menu item ACTIV. STD UF-DATA
Submenu
Default value std UF-DATA: NO
Selectable options std UF-DATA: NO std UF-DATA: YES
Menu item SET STD. PRIME-TIME
Submenu Prime-Time = 2min
Default value 2 min
Value range 1 5 min
Resolution 1 min
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
6-5
Menu item SOUND I/O-SWITCH
Submenu
Default value I/O-Warnsound: ON
Selectable options I/O-Warnsound: ON I/O-Warnsound: OFF
Menu item SET KEY-CLICK only for 4008 H/S
Submenu
Default value key-click: ON
Selectable options key-click: ON key-click: OFF
Menu item BPR/UFR-WARNING
Submenu
Default value BPR/UFR-Warning: ON
Selectable options BPR/UFR-Warning: ON BPR/UFR-Warning: OFF
Menu item SET RINSE-VOLUME
Submenu RINSE-VOL: 1000 ml
Default value 1000 ml
Value range 0 5000 ml
Resolution 100 ml
Menu item T1-TEST AUTOSTART
Submenu
Default value T1-T. Autostart: OFF
Selectable options T1-T. Autostart: OFF T1-T. Autostart: ON
Menu item ONLINE plus SETTINGS only for ONLINEplus (option) ONLINE plus HD ONLINE plus HDF
Submenu
Default value
Value range
Resolution
SET UF-Volume F/R SET Rinsing Volume SET UF-Volume F/R SET Rinsing Volume SET Substit.-Volume
0 ml 1000 ml 500 ml 1000 ml 12 l 1000 ml 1000 ml 20 l 240 ml
0 1000 ml 0 5000 ml 0 1000 ml 0 5000 ml 0 210 l 0 5000 ml 0 5000 ml 0 210 l 90 480 ml
100 ml 100 ml 100 ml 100 ml 1l 100 ml 100 ml 1l 30 ml
ONLINE plus HF
SET UF-Volume F/R SET Rinsing Volume SET Substit.-Volume
ONLINE plus MISC.
SET Reinf.-Volume
Menu item SET CENTRAL-DELIVERY
Submenu
Default value NO central-delivery
Selectable options NO central-delivery central Bic central Acid central Acid + Bic centr acetate-supply
Menu item AutoOFF after AutoON
Submenu
Default value OFF
Selectable options OFF ON Selectable options 2400 baud 9600 baud Adjustment Press OVERRIDE only for 4008 E/B Press ALARMTONE MUTE only for 4008 H/S
Menu item Init. CAMUS-baudrate
Submenu
Default value 2400 baud
Menu item STORE DEFAULT VALUES
6-6
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
6.2
Overview
CALIBRATION
DIAGNOSTICS
MISCELLANEOUS
SETUP MENU Confirm key
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
6-7
6-8
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
6.3
Main menu 4008 E/B
SETUP MENU Confirm key SET ALARM/WARN TIME Confirm key see Part 1 ACTIV. STD UF-DATA Confirm key see Part 12
SETUP CLEANING PGM Confirm key see Part 2
SET STD. PRIME-TIME Confirm key see Part 13
SETUP DILUTION Confirm key see Part 3
SOUND I/O-SWITCH Confirm key see Part 14
HDF-DILUTION Confirm key see Part 4 (optional)
BPR/UFR-WARNING Confirm key see Part 15
SET CONDUCT. LIMIT Confirm key see Part 5
SET RINSE-VOLUME Confirm key see Part 16
INFO SOUND ( C-PGM ) Confirm key see Part 6
T1-TEST AUTOSTART Confirm key see Part 17
SET DIAL PARAMETERS Confirm key see Part 7
ONLINE plus SETTINGS Confirm key see Part 18 (optional)
DIALYSIS TIME Confirm key see Part 8
SET CENTRAL-DELIVERY Confirm key see Part 19
CALC.CUMUL.BLOOD-VOL Confirm key see Part 9
AutoOFF after AutoON Confirm key see Part 20
AUTOM. SN-START Confirm key see Part 10
Init. CAMUS-baudrate Confirm key see Part 21
ACTIV. MONIT_NTC109 Confirm key see Part 11
STORE DEFAULT VALUES Confirm key see Part 22
BACK TO MAIN MENU ? Confirm key
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
6-9
Part 1: Setting the alarm and warning time

SET ALARM/WARN TIME Confirm key Set ART-AL DELAYTIME Confirm key see Part 1.1
Set VEN-AL DELAYTIME Confirm key see Part 1.2
Set FLOW-OFF W-TIME Confirm key see Part 1.3
Set UF-WARNING-TIME Confirm key see Part 1.4
Set MUTE-TIME Confirm key see Part 1.5
Part 1.1: Setting the delay time of the arterial alarm

Set ART-AL DELAYTIME Confirm key Art Al Delay = 5s Set the desired delay time (0 to 5 sec) by pressing the keys. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
Part 1.2: Setting the delay time of the venous alarm

Set VEN-AL DELAYTIME Confirm key Ven Al Delay = 5s Set the desired delay time (0 to 5 sec) by pressing the keys. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
6-10
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 1.3: Setting the flow-off warning time

Set FLOW-OFF W-TIME Confirm key Flow-Off-T = 30min Set the desired warning time (30, 45, 60 min) by pressing the keys. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
Part 1.4: Setting the UF warning time

Set UF-WARNING-TIME Confirm key UF-Warn-Time = 10min Set the desired warning time (10, 30 min) by pressing the keys. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
Part 1.5: Setting the mute time

Set MUTE-TIME Confirm key MUTE-Time = 1min Set the desired time (1, 2 min) by pressing the keys. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
6-11
Part 2: Setting up the cleaning program

SETUP CLEANING PGM Confirm key CLEANING Times Confirm key see Part 2.1
Pgm COMBINATION Confirm key see Part 2.2
Part 2.1: Cleaning times
Rinsing TIME
Note The default values and the adjustable range for the cleaning times are not indicated, as they depend on the particular system options.
CLEANING Times Confirm key Confirm key see Part 2.1.1
Hotrinse TIME Confirm key see Part 2.1.2
Disinfection TIME Confirm key see Part 2.1.3
Rinsing Free TIME Confirm key see Part 2.1.4
Hot-Disinf TIME Confirm key see Part 2.1.5
Mandatory Rinse TIME Confirm key see Part 2.1.6
CITRO-Mandat-Ri-Time Confirm key see Part 2.1.7
INTEGRATED-HR Time Confirm key see Part 2.1.8
6-12
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 2.1.1: Rinsing time

Rinsing TIME Confirm key Rinsing Time = xxmin Set the desired time by pressing the keys. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
Part 2.1.2: Hot rinsing time

Hotrinse TIME Confirm key H-Rinse Time = xxmin Set the desired time by pressing the keys. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
Part 2.1.3: Disinfection time

Disinfection TIME Confirm key Disinf. Time = xxmin Set the desired time by pressing the keys. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
6-13
Part 2.1.4: Rinsing free time

Rinsing Free TIME Confirm key R.-Free Time = xmin Set the desired time by pressing the keys. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
Part 2.1.5: Hot disinfection time

Hot-Disinf TIME Confirm key H-Disinf Time = xxmin Set the desired time by pressing the keys. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
Part 2.1.6: Mandatory rinse time

Mandatory Rinse TIME Confirm key M-Rinse Time = xxmin Set the desired time by pressing the keys. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
6-14
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 2.1.7: Citro mandatory rinse time

CITRO Mandat-Ri-Time Confirm key CITRO-MRTime = xxmin Set the desired time by pressing the keys. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
Part 2.1.8: Integrated hot rinse time

INTEGRATED-HR Time Confirm key INT. HR-Time = xxmin Set the desired time by pressing the keys. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
6-15
Part 2.2: Cleaning program combination

Pgm COMBINATION Confirm key Rinse Pgm Confirm key see Part 2.2.1
HOTRINSE Program Confirm key see Part 2.2.2
DISINFECTION Pgm Confirm key see Part 2.2.3
6-16
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 2.2.1: Rinse program

Rinse Pgm Confirm key PGM 1 : R Override key Select key Override key Select key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
PGM 2: R endless
Part 2.2.2: Hot rinse program

HOTRINSE Program Confirm key PGM 1 : FHRC Override key Select key Override key Select key Override key Select key Override key Select key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
PGM 2 : FHR
PGM 3: IHR
PGM 4: IHRC
Part 2.2.3: Disinfection program

DISINFECTION Pgm Confirm key PGM 2: FHDISM Override key Select key Override key Select key Override key Select key Override key Select key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
PGM3: FDMHR
PGM4: FHDISMHR
PGM1: FDM
6-17
Part 3: Mixing ratio with NO central-delivery, central Bic (setting Part 19)
SETUP DILUTION Confirm key 1+34 Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
1+35.83 ( NaCl 20 )
Select key Override key Select key Override key Select key Override key Select key Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
1+35.83 ( NaCl 26 )
1+35.83 ( Belgium )
1+44 C
1+44 ACF
Select key Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
VARIABLE SETTING
Select key Confirm key see Part 3.1
Part 3: Mixing ratio with central Acid, central Acid + Bic (setting Part 19)
SETUP DILUTION Confirm key CDS 1+34
canister 1+34 Override key ACKNOWLEDGED CDS 1+44 C Override key Select key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
CDS 1+44 ACF Select key
1+35.83 (NaCl 20)
Override key Select key Override key Select key Override key Select key CDS 1+34
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
1+35.83 (NaCl 26)
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
1+35.83 ( Belgium )
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
canister 1+44 C
Override key
ACKNOWLEDGED
CDS 1+44 C
Override key Select key
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
Select key
CDS 1+34 canister 1+44 ACF Override key ACKNOWLEDGED
CDS 1+44 ACF
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
Select key VARIABLE SETTING Confirm key see Part 3.1
6-18
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 3: Mixing ratio with centr acetate-supply (setting Part 19)

SETUP DILUTION Confirm key canister 1+34 Override key Select key Override key Select key Override key Select key Override key Select key Override key Select key Override key Select key Confirm key see Part 3.1 CDS 1+34 ACKNOWLEDGED CDS 1+34 ACKNOWLEDGED CDS 1+34 ACKNOWLEDGED CDS 1+34 ACKNOWLEDGED CDS 1+34 ACKNOWLEDGED CDS 1+34 ACKNOWLEDGED CDS 1+34 Override key Select key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
1+35.83 (NaCl 20)
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
1+35.83 (NaCl 26)
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
1+35.83 ( Belgium )
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
canister 1+44 C
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
canister 1+44 ACF
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
VARIABLE SETTING
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
6-19
Part 3.1: Programmable mixing ratio (dilution)
Caution The operator or technician is informed about his duty of care to enter the component parameters and settings correctly or to check them and to set the CD alarm window to the expected conductivity value. When using the programmable mixing ratio (dilution), make sure to use the right concentrate. Using a bibag in combination with the programmable mixing ratio (dilution) is not allowed. Only enter authorized, programmable mixing ratios (dilutions).
SETUP DILUTION Confirm key
Confirm key Select key
VARIABLE SETTING
B-Comp[part] : 0.800 Set the desired value (0.800 2.500) by pressing the keys. Override key ACKNOWLEDGED After approx. 3 sec RO[part] : 30.000 Set the desired value (30.000 45.000) by pressing the keys. Override key ACKNOWLEDGED After approx. 3 sec HCO3[mmol]: 25 Set the desired value (25 45) by pressing the keys. Override key ACKNOWLEDGED After approx. 3 sec Na(B)[mmol]: 25 Set the desired value (25 80) by pressing the keys. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
Select key
Select key
Select key
6-20
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 4: Setting the HDF dilution only for ON-LINE-HDF (option)

HDF-DILUTION Confirm key HDF-PRE-dilution Override key Select key Override key Select key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
HDF-POST-dilution
Part 5: Setting the conductivity limit

SET CONDUCT. LIMIT Confirm key Cd Limit: 12.8 mS/cm Set the desired value (12.8 to 14.0 mS/cm) by pressing the keys. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
Part 6: Infosound cleaning program

INFO SOUND (C-PGM) Confirm key Info-Sound: ON Override key Select key Override key Select key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
Info-Sound: OFF
6-21
Part 7: Setting the dialysis parameters

SET DIAL PARAMETERS Confirm key SET Flow Parameter Confirm key see Part 7.1
SET Temp. Parameter Confirm key see Part 7.2
SET Na/Bic Parameter Confirm key see Part 7.3
Part 7.1: Setting the dialysate flow

SET Flow Parameter Confirm key Flow[ml/min]: 500 Set the desired value (300, 500, 800) by pressing the keys. OR Value set in Dial. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
Part 7.2: Setting the dialysate temperature

SET Temp. Parameter Confirm key Temp.[C]: 37,0 Set the desired value (35.0 39.0) by pressing the keys. OR Value set in Dial. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
6-22
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 7.3: Setting the Na/Bic

SET Na/Bic Parameter Confirm key Base Na+ 135mmol Set the desired value (125 150) by pressing the keys. OR Value set in Dial. Override key ACKNOWLEDGED After approx. 3 sec Prescr. Na+ 135mmol Set the desired value (125 148) by pressing the keys. Override key ACKNOWLEDGED After approx. 3 sec Bicarbonate 0mmol Set the desired value (+8 bis 8) by pressing the keys. OR Value set in Dial. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key Select key Select key
6-23
Part 8: Dialysis time

DIALYSIS TIME Confirm key Effect Dialysis Time Override key Select key Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
UF-Time
Select key
Part 9: Cumulated blood volume

CALC.CUMUL.BLOOD-VOL Confirm key during seq DIAL: YES Override key Select key Override key Select key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
during seq DIAL: NO
Part 10: Automatic Single-Needle start

AUTOM. SN-START Confirm key autom. SN: OFF Override key Select key Override key Select key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
autom. SN: ON
Part 11: Activation of Monit_NTC 109

ACTIV. MONIT_NTC109 Confirm key MONIT_NTC109: YES Override key Select key Override key Select key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
MONIT_NTC109: NO
6-24
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 12: Activation of standard UF data

ACTIV. STD UF-DATA Confirm key std UF-DATA: NO Override key Select key Override key Select key 750 ml/h 3000 ml 4h DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
std UF-DATA: YES
UF-Rate: UF-Goal: Time Left:
Part 13: Setting the priming time

SET STD. PRIME-TIME Confirm key Prime-Time = 2 min Set the desired time (1 to 5 min) by pressing the keys. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
Part 14: Warning sound I/O key

SOUND I/O SWITCH Confirm key I/O-Warnsound: ON Override key Select key Override key Select key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
I/O-Warnsound: OFF
6-25
Part 15: Setting the BPR/UFR warning

BPR/UFRWARNING Confirm key BPR/UFRWarning: ON Override key Select key Override key Select key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
BPR/UFRWarning: OFF
Part 16: Setting the rinse volume

SET RINSE-VOLUME Confirm key RINSE-VOL: 1000 ml Set the desired value (0 5000 in 100 ml increments) by pressing the keys. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
Part 17: T1 test autostart

T1-TEST AUTOSTART Confirm key T1-T. Autostart: OFF Override key Select key Override key Select key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
T1-T. Autostart: ON
6-26
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 18: ONLINEplus settings only for ONLINEplus (option)

ONLINE plus SETTINGS Confirm key ONLINE plus HD Confirm key see Part 18.1
ONLINE plus HDF Confirm key see Part 18.2
ONLINE plus HF Confirm key see Part 18.3
ONLINE plus MISC. Confirm key see Part 18.4
6-27
Part 18.1: ONLINEplus HD

ONLINE plus HD Confirm key SET UF-Volume F/R Confirm key see Part 18.1.1
SET Rinsing Volume Confirm key see Part 18.1.2
Part 18.1.1: Setting the UF volume (filling/rinsing)

SET UF-Volume F/R Confirm key Volume[ml]: 0 Set the desired value (0 1000) by pressing the keys. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
Part 18.1.2: Setting the rinse volume

SET Rinsing Volume Confirm key Volume[ml]: 1000 Set the desired value (0 5000) by pressing the keys. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
6-28
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 18.2: ONLINEplus HDF

ONLINE plus HDF Confirm key SET UF-Volume F/R Confirm key see Part 18.2.1
SET Substit.-Volume Confirm key see Part 18.2.3


6-29
Part 18.2.3: Setting the substituate volume

SET Substit.-Volume Confirm key Volume[l]: 12 Set the desired value (0 210) by pressing the keys. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
6-30
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 18.3: ONLINEplus HF

ONLINE plus HF Confirm key SET UF-Volume F/R Confirm key see Part 18.3.1


6-31

SET Substit.-Volume Confirm key Volume[l]: 20 Set the desired value (0 210) by pressing the keys. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
6-32
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 18.4: ONLINEplus miscellaneous

ONLINE plus MISC. Confirm key SET Reinf.-Volume Confirm key see Part 18.4.1
Part 18.4.1: Setting the reinfusion volume

SET Reinf.-Volume Confirm key Volume[ml]: 240 Set the desired value (90 480) by pressing the keys. Override key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
6-33
Part 19: Setting the parameters for central delivery system

SET CENTRAL-DELIVERY Confirm key NO central-delivery Override key Select key Override key SETUP DILUTION After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec SETUP DILUTION After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
central Bic
central Acid
Select key Override key Select key Override key Select key Override key Select key SETUP DILUTION After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec SETUP DILUTION After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec SETUP DILUTION After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
central Acid + Bic
centr acetate-supply
Part 20: AutoOFF after AutoON

AutoOFF after AutoON Confirm key Auto OFF: OFF Override key Select key Override key Select key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
Auto OFF: ON
Part 21: CAMUS-baudrate

Init. CAMUS-baudrate Confirm key baudrate: 2400 baud Override key Select key Override key Select key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
baudrate: 9600 baud
6-34
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 22: Storing the default values

STORE DEFAULT VALUES Confirm key Press OVERRIDE Store the default values by pressing the Override key. DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Select key
6-35
6-36
5/03.09 (TM)
6.4
Main menu 4008 H/S
SETUP MENU Confirm key SET ALARM/WARN TIME Confirm key see Part 1 ACTIV. STD UF-DATA Confirm key see Part 13
SETUP CLEANING PGM Confirm key see Part 2
SET STD. PRIME-TIME Confirm key see Part 14
SETUP DILUTION Confirm key see Part 3
SOUND I/O-SWITCH Confirm key see Part 15
HDF-DILUTION Confirm key see Part 4 (optional)
SET KEY-CLICK Confirm key see Part 16
SET CONDUCT. LIMIT Confirm key see Part 5
BPR/UFR-WARNING Confirm key see Part 17
INFO SOUND ( C-PGM ) Confirm key see Part 6
SET RINSE-VOLUME Confirm key see Part 18
SET DIAL PARAMETERS Confirm key see Part 7
T1-TEST AUTOSTART Confirm key see Part 19
CALC.CUMUL.BLOOD-VOL Confirm key see Part 8
ONLINE plus SETTINGS Confirm key see Part 20 (optional)
HAEMOGLOBIN UNIT Confirm key see Part 9 (optional)
SET CENTRAL-DELIVERY Confirm key see Part 21
OCM SETTINGS Confirm key see Part 10 (optional)
AutoOFF after AutoON Confirm key see Part 22
AUTOM. SN-START Confirm key see Part 11
Init. CAMUS-baudrate Confirm key see Part 23
ACTIV. MONIT_NTC109 Confirm key see Part 12
STORE DEFAULT VALUES Confirm key see Part 24
6-37
Part 1: Setting the alarm and warning time

SET ALARM/WARN TIME Confirm key Set ART-AL DELAYTIME Confirm key see Part 1.1
Set VEN-AL DELAYTIME Confirm key see Part 1.2
Set FLOW-OFF W-TIME Confirm key see Part 1.3
Set UF-WARNING-TIME Confirm key see Part 1.4
Set MUTE-TIME Confirm key see Part 1.5
Part 1.1: Setting the delay time of the arterial alarm

Set ART-AL DELAYTIME Confirm key Art Al Delay = 5s Set the desired delay time (0 to 5 sec) by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
Part 1.2: Setting the delay time of the venous alarm

Set VEN-AL DELAYTIME Confirm key Ven Al Delay = 5s Set the desired delay time (0 to 5 sec) by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
6-38
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 1.3: Setting the flow-off warning time

Set FLOW-OFF W-TIME Confirm key Flow-Off-T = 30 min Set the desired warning time (30, 45, 60 min) by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
Part 1.4: Setting the UF warning time

Set UF-WARNING-TIME Confirm key UF-Warn-Time = 10 min Set the desired warning time (10, 30 min) by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
Part 1.5: Setting the mute time

Set MUTE-TIME Confirm key MUTE-Time = 1 min Set the desired time (1, 2 min) by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
6-39
Part 2: Setting up the cleaning program

SETUP CLEANING PGM Confirm key CLEANING Times Confirm key see Part 2.1
DEFAULT CLEANING Pgm Confirm key see Part 2.2
Part 2.1: Cleaning times
Rinsing TIME
Note The default values and the adjustable range for the cleaning times are not indicated, as they depend on the particular system options.
CLEANING Times Confirm key Confirm key see Part 2.1.1
Hotrinse TIME Confirm key see Part 2.1.2
Disinfection TIME Confirm key see Part 2.1.3
Rinsing Free TIME Confirm key see Part 2.1.4
Hot-Disinf TIME Confirm key see Part 2.1.5
Mandatory Rinse TIME Confirm key see Part 2.1.6
CITRO-Mandat-Ri-Time Confirm key see Part 2.1.7
INTEGRATED-HR Time Confirm key see Part 2.1.8
6-40
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 2.1.1: Rinsing time

Rinsing TIME Confirm key Rinsing Time = xxmin Set the desired time by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
Part 2.1.2: Hot rinsing time

Hotrinse TIME Confirm key H-Rinse Time = xxmin Set the desired time by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
Part 2.1.3: Disinfection time

Disinfection TIME Confirm key Disinf. Time = xxmin Set the desired time by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
6-41
Part 2.1.4: Rinsing free time

Rinsing Free TIME Confirm key R.-Free Time = xmin Set the desired time by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
Part 2.1.5: Hot disinfection time

Hot-Disinf TIME Confirm key H-Disinf Time = xxmin Set the desired time by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
Part 2.1.6: Mandatory rinse time

Mandatory Rinse TIME Confirm key M-Rinse Time = xxmin Set the desired time by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
6-42
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 2.1.7: Citro mandatory rinse time

CITRO Mandat-Ri-Time Confirm key CITRO-MRTime = xxmin Set the desired time by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
Part 2.1.8: Integrated hot rinsing time

INTEGRATED-HR Time Confirm key INT. HR-Time = xxmin Set the desired time by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
6-43
Part 2.2: Setting the default cleaning program

DEFAULT Cleaning Pgm Confirm key PGM 1: R Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
+/
PGM 2: R endless
Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
+/
PGM 1: FHRC
+/
PGM 2: FHR
+/
PGM 3: IHR
+/
PGM 4: IHRC
+/
PGM 1: FDM
+/
PGM 2: FHDISM
+/
PGM 3: FDMHR
+/
PGM 4: FHDISMHR
+/
6-44
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 3: Mixing ratio with NO central-delivery, central Bic (setting Part 21)
SETUP DILUTION Confirm key canister 1+34 Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key Confirm key see Part 3.1 DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
+/
1+35.83 ( NaCl 20 )
+/
1+35.83 ( NaCl 26 )
+/
1+35.83 ( Belgium )
+/
canister 1+44 C
+/
canister 1+44 ACF
+/
VARIABLE SETTING
+/
Part 3: Mixing ratio with central Acid, central Acid + Bic (setting Part 21)
SETUP DILUTION Confirm key CDS 1+34
+/
canister 1+34 Tone Mute key ACKNOWLEDGED CDS 1+44 C Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
+/
+/
CDS 1+44 ACF Esc key
Esc key
1+35.83 (NaCl 20)
Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key CDS 1+34
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
+/
1+35.83 (NaCl 26)
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
+/
1+35.83 ( Belgium )
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
+/
canister 1+44 C
Tone Mute key
ACKNOWLEDGED CDS 1+44 C
+/
Tone Mute key Esc key
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
+/
Esc key
CDS 1+34 canister 1+44 ACF Tone Mute key ACKNOWLEDGED
+/
CDS 1+44 ACF
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
+/
Esc key VARIABLE SETTING Confirm key see Part 3.1
+/
6-45
Part 3: Mixing ratio with centr acetate-supply (setting Part 21)

SETUP DILUTION Confirm key canister 1+34 Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key Confirm key see Part 3.1 CDS 1+34 ACKNOWLEDGED CDS 1+34 ACKNOWLEDGED CDS 1+34 ACKNOWLEDGED CDS 1+34 ACKNOWLEDGED CDS 1+34 ACKNOWLEDGED CDS 1+34 ACKNOWLEDGED CDS 1+34 Tone Mute key Esc key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
+/
1+35.83 (NaCl 20)
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
+/
1+35.83 (NaCl 26)
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
+/
1+35.83 ( Belgium )
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
+/
canister 1+44 C
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
+/
canister 1+44 ACF
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
+/
VARIABLE SETTING
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
+/
6-46
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 3.1: Programmable mixing ratio (dilution)
Caution The operator or technician is informed about his duty of care to enter the component parameters and settings correctly or to check them and to set the CD alarm window to the expected conductivity value. When using the programmable mixing ratio (dilution), make sure to use the right concentrate. Using a bibag in combination with the programmable mixing ratio (dilution) is not allowed. Only enter authorized, programmable mixing ratios (dilutions).
SETUP DILUTION Confirm key
+/
Confirm key Esc key
VARIABLE SETTING
B-Comp[part]:0.800 Set the desired value (0.800 2.500) by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key ACKNOWLEDGED After approx. 3 sec RO[part] : 30.000 Set the desired value (30.000 45.000) by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key ACKNOWLEDGED After approx. 3 sec HCO3[mmol]: 25 Set the desired value (25 45) by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key ACKNOWLEDGED After approx. 3 sec Na(B)[mmol]: 25 Set the desired value (25 80) by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key ACKNOWLEDGED After approx. 3 sec
Esc key
Esc key
Esc key
6-47
Part 4: Setting the HDF dilution only for ON-LINE-HDF (option)

HDF-DILUTION Confirm key HDF-PRE-dilution Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
+/
HDF-POST-dilution
+/
Part 5: Setting the conductivity limit

SET CONDUCT. LIMIT Confirm key Cd Limit: 12.8 mS/cm Set the desired value (12.8 to 14.0 mS/cm) by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
Part 6: Infosound cleaning program

INFO SOUND (C-PGM) Confirm key Info-Sound: ON Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
+/
Info-Sound: OFF
+/
6-48
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 7: Setting the dialysis parameters

SET DIAL PARAMETERS Confirm key SET Flow Parameter Confirm key see Part 7.1
SET Temp. Parameter Confirm key see Part 7.2
SET Na/Bic Parameter Confirm key see Part 7.3
Part 7.1: Setting the dialysate flow

SET Flow Parameter Confirm key Flow[ml/min]: 500 Set the desired value (300, 500, 800) by pressing the +/ keys. OR Value set in Dial Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
Part 7.2: Setting the dialysate temperature

SET Temp. Parameter Confirm key Temp.[C]: 37,0 Set the desired value (35.0 39.0) by pressing the +/ keys. OR Value set in Dial Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
6-49
Part 7.3: Setting the Na/Bic

SET Na/Bic Parameter Confirm key Base Na+ 135mmol Set the desired value (125 150) by pressing the +/ keys. OR Value set in Dial Tone Mute key ACKNOWLEDGED After approx. 3 sec Prescr. Na+ 135mmol Set the desired value (125 148) by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key ACKNOWLEDGED After approx. 3 sec Bicarbonate 0mmol Set the desired value (+8 to 8) by pressing the +/ keys. OR Value set in Dial Tone Mute key ACKNOWLEDGED After approx. 3 sec Limit Na/Base: 13 mmol Set the desired value (0 13) by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key Esc key Esc key Esc key
6-50
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 8: Cumulated blood volume

CALC.CUMUL.BLOOD-VOL Confirm key during seq DIAL: YES Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
+/
during seq DIAL: NO
+/
Part 9: Haemoglobin unit only for BVM (option)

HAEMOGLOBIN UNIT Confirm key g/dl Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
+/
mmol/l
Esc key Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
+/
Esc key
6-51
Part 10: OCM settings only for OCM (option)

OCM SETTINGS Confirm key OCM MEASUREMENT Confirm key see Part 10.1
OCM ZERO MEASUREMENT Confirm key see Part 10.2
OCM MEASURE DEL.TIME Confirm key see Part 10.3
OCM CLR CORR FACTOR Confirm key see Part 10.4
OCM BASELINE DIFF. Confirm key see Part 10.5
OCM INTEGRAL VALUE Confirm key see Part 10.6
OCM KT/V WARNLEVEL Confirm key see Part 10.7
6-52
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 10.1: Activating the OCM measurement

OCM MEASUREMENT Confirm key OCM Measurement: OFF (default value: +/ OFF) OCM Measurement: ON Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
+/
Part 10.2: Activating the OCM zero measurement
Confirm key
Note If the OCM zero measurement is set to OFF, the OCM option is deactivated. If the OCM option is reactivated (ON), an OCM pulse calibration must be performed.
OCM ZERO MEASUREMENT
OCM Zero Measure:ON (default value: +/ ON) OCM Zero Measure:OFF
Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
+/
Part 10.3: Setting the OCM measurement delay time

OCM MEASURE DEL.TIME Confirm key Delaytime: XX s Press +/ to set the value indicated in the table on the right (1 70 s) Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
System 4008 H with advanced 4008 H hydraulics 4008 H with ONLINEplus 4008 S with advanced 4008 S hydraulics 4008 S with ONLINEplus
Time 15 Sec 65 Sec 18 Sec 67 Sec
6-53
Part 10.4: Setting the OCM correction factor
Note Do not change the default value.
Note The 4008 H/S offers the theoretical possibility of defining a correction value for all clearance measurements. The intention is to be able to adapt the system to to the latest state of technology resulting from the on-going scientific discussion. According to the current standard of knowledge, this correction value has to be set to 1 (factory setting) for Fresenius polysulfone membranes. The indicated accuracy specifications are valid only for Fresenius polysulfone membrane combined with this correction value setting of 1.
OCM CLR CORR FACTOR Confirm key ClrCorr Factor:1.000 Display value is default value Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
Part 10.5: Setting the OCM baseline difference
Confirm key Baseline Diff:0.015 Display value is default value Tone Mute key DATA STORED
OCM BASELINE DIFF.
Esc key
After approx. 3 sec
6-54
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 10.6: Setting the OCM integral value
Confirm key Integral Value: 55 Display value is default value Tone Mute key DATA STORED
OCM INTEGRAL VALUE
Esc key
After approx. 3 sec
Part 10.7: Setting the OCM Kt/V warning level

OCM KT/V WARNLEVEL Confirm key Kt/V Warnlevel: 85 % Press +/ to set the warning level (default value 85) Range 0 99% 0 = no warning Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
6-55
Part 11: Automatic Single-Needle start

AUTOM. SN-START Confirm key autom. SN: OFF Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
+/
autom. SN: ON
+/
Part 12: Activation of Monit_NTC 109

ACTIV. MONIT_NTC109 Confirm key MONIT_NTC109: YES Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
+/
MONIT_NTC109: NO
+/
Part 13: Activation of standard UF data

ACTIV. STD UF-DATA Confirm key std UF-DATA: NO Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key 750 ml/h 3000 ml 4h DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
+/
std UF-DATA: YES
+/
UF-Rate: UF-Goal: Time Left:
6-56
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 14: Setting the priming time

SET STD. PRIME-TIME Confirm key Prime-Time = 2min Set the desired time (1 to 5 min) by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
Part 15: Warning sound I/O key

SOUND I/O SWITCH Confirm key I/O-Warnsound: ON Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
+/
I/O-Warnsound: OFF
+/
Part 16: Setting the key-click

SET KEY-CLICK Confirm key key-click: ON Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
+/
key-click: OFF
+/
6-57
Part 17: Setting the BPR/UFR warning

BPR/UFRWARNING Confirm key BPR/UFRWarning: ON Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
+/
BPR/UFRWarning: OFF
+/
Part 18: Setting the rinse volume

SET RINSEVOLUME Confirm key RINSE-VOL: 1000 ml Set the desired rinse volume (0 to 5000 ml in 100 ml increments) by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
Part 19: T1-Test Autostart

T1-TEST AUTOSTART Confirm key T1-T. Autostart: OFF Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
+/
T1-T. Autostart: ON
+/
6-58
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 20: ONLINEplus settings only for ONLINEplus (option)

ONLINE plus SETTINGS Confirm key ONLINE plus HD Confirm key see Part 20.1
ONLINE plus HDF Confirm key see Part 20.2
ONLINE plus HF Confirm key see Part 20.3
ONLINE plus MISC. Confirm key see Part 20.4
6-59
Part 20.1: ONLINEplus HD

ONLINE plus HD Confirm key SET UF-Volume F/R Confirm key see Part 20.1.1

SET UF-Volume F/R Confirm key Volume[ml]: 0 Set the desired value (0 1000) by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key

SET Rinsing Volume Confirm key Volume[ml]: 1000 Set the desired value (0 5000) by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
6-60
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 20.2: ONLINEplus HDF

ONLINE plus HDF Confirm key SET UF-Volume F/R Confirm key see Part 20.2.1


6-61

SET Substit.-Volume Confirm key Volume[l]: 12 Set the desired value (0 210) by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
6-62
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 20.3: ONLINEplus HF

ONLINE plus HF Confirm key SET UF-Volume F/R Confirm key see Part 20.3.1


6-63

SET Substit.-Volume Confirm key Volume[l]: 20 Set the desired value (0 210) by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
6-64
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 20.4: ONLINEplus miscellaneous

ONLINE plus MISC. Confirm key SET Reinf.-Volume Confirm key see Part 20.4.1
Part 20.4.1: Setting the reinfusion volume

SET Reinf.-Volume Confirm key Volume[ml]: 240 Set the desired value (90 480) by pressing the +/ keys. Tone Mute key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
6-65
Part 21: Setting the parameters for central delivery system
Confirm key
Note Central delivery is not available for the 3mix option.
SET CENTRAL-DELIVERY
NO central-delivery
Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key
SETUP DILUTION
After approx. 3 sec
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
+/
central Bic
SETUP DILUTION
After approx. 3 sec
DATA STORED
After approx. 3 sec
+/
central Acid
Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key SETUP DILUTION After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec SETUP DILUTION After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec SETUP DILUTION After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
+/
central Acid + Bic
+/
centr acetate-supply
+/
Part 22: AutoOFF after AutoON

AutoOFF after AutoON Confirm key Auto OFF: OFF Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
+/
Auto OFF: ON
+/
Part 23: CAMUS-baudrate

Init. CAMUS-baudrate Confirm key baudrate: 2400 baud Tone Mute key Esc key Tone Mute key Esc key DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec
+/
baudrate: 9600 baud
+/
6-66
5/03.09 (TM)
Part 24: Storing the default values

STORE DEFAULT VALUES Confirm key Press ALARMTONE MUTE Store the default values by pressing the Tone Mute key. DATA STORED After approx. 3 sec Esc key
6-67
6-68
5/03.09 (TM)
Miscellaneous
CALIBRATION
DIAGNOSTICS
MISCELLANEOUS Confirm key
SETUP MENU
Main menu
Service switch to dialysis mode
Confirm key Confirm key
MISCELLANEOUS Confirm key SYSTEM CLOCK
see Part 1
SW-VERSION-NUMBER
Confirm key
see Part 2
SYSTEM CLOCK Confirm key
see Part 1
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
7-1
Part 1
SYSTEM CLOCK Confirm key time XX : XX : XX date XX : XX : XXXX Select (Esc) key
Press the (+/) keys to set the flashing hours.

Confirm key
Press the (+/) keys to set the flashing minutes.

Confirm key
Press the (+/) keys to set the seconds, day, month, year in the same way.
DATA STORED
approx. 3 sec
Part 2
SW-VERSION-NUMBER Confirm key CPU_1-Ver-No.: X.XX Select (Esc) key
(+/)
CPU_2-Ver-No.: X.XX Select (Esc) key
(+/)
MDC-Ver-No.: X.XX Select (Esc) key
(+/)
HPU-Ver-No.: X.XX Select (Esc) key
(+/)
Online-Vers.: X.XX Select (Esc) key
(+/)
BVM-Ver-No.: X.XX Select (Esc) key
(+/)
7-2
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
Table of contents 8 Circuit diagrams and circuit descriptions

Section 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.4.1 8.4.2 8.5 8.6 8.7 8.8 8.9 8.10 8.11 8.12 8.13 8.14 8.15 8.16 8.17 8.18 8.19 8.20 8.21 8.22 8.23 8.24 8.25 Block diagram 4008 ...................................................................................................... Block diagram of voltage supply ................................................................................ Block diagram of screen 4008 H/S ............................................................................. Connection layout diagram ......................................................................................... Connection diagram CAN communication ..................................................................... Hydraulics processor block diagram .............................................................................. P.C.B. LP 450-2 Level detector control (LD) .............................................................. P.C.B. LP 493 Blood leak detector .............................................................................. P.C.B. LP 624 Control board (BP) ............................................................................... P.C.B. LP 630 Motherboard ......................................................................................... P.C.B. LP 631 CPU 1 ..................................................................................................... P.C.B. LP 632 CPU 2 ..................................................................................................... P.C.B. LP 633 Input board ............................................................................................ P.C.B. LP 634 Output board ........................................................................................ P.C.B. LP 635 Display board ....................................................................................... P.C.B. LP 636 External connectors ............................................................................. P.C.B. LP 950 Control board (HEP) ............................................................................. P.C.B. LP 644-4 Display board (HEP) ......................................................................... P.C.B. LP 645 Position sensor membrane pump ...................................................... P.C.B. LP 649-2 Display board (4008 B/S) .................................................................. P.C.B. LP 742 Interference filter .................................................................................. P.C.B. LP 748 Display board (BP) ............................................................................... P.C.B. LP 763 Multi interface board (COMMCO III) ................................................... P.C.B. LP 922 Display board (4008 S) ........................................................................ P.C.B. LP 923 Traffic light (4008 H/S) ......................................................................... P.C.B. LP 924 Display board (4008 H) ........................................................................ P.C.B. LP 941 Hydraulics processor .......................................................................... Fresenius Medical Care 4008 5/03.09 (TM) Page 8-3 8-4 8-5 8-6 8-7 8-8 8-9 8-11 8-12 8-13 8-14 8-16 8-18 8-20 8-22 8-24 8-25 8-26 8-27 8-28 8-30 8-31 8-32 8-33 8-34 8-35 8-36
8-1
Section 8.26 8.27 Heater board (power supply unit 4008) ...................................................................... Power board (power supply unit 4008) ......................................................................
Page 8-37 8-38
8-2
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
8.1
+24V_SW +5V +12V +5V +12V +5V +24V_US
+5V
+12V
PWR_WD LP 633 Input board LP 634 Output board Display board 4008: 4008 B: 4008 S: 4008 H: LP 635 LP 649 LP 922 LP 924 zum Display to display
Watchdog-Ausgang Watchdog output
Block diagram 4008
LP 631 CPU 1
+24V_SW +24V_EM +12V +12V
serielle Schnittstelle serial interface
Netzteil 4008 Power Supply 4008 Power Board Heater Board 230V Watchdog 24V_US +5V +12V +24V_SW +24V_EM Akku Battery
+24V_SW Hydraulik Hydraulic Einschbe Modules
+5V
+12V
WD-Set
WD-Reset
LP 632 CPU 2
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
8-3
8.2
Block diagram of voltage supply
8-4
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
8.3
RAM Speicher RS232 CPU ROM Speicher
CPU II LP632
RS232
RAM
24V_US
ROM
X639
RS232 CPU
CPU I LP631 Motherboard LP630

24V_US U-ACCU
Block diagram of screen 4008 H/S
Power logic LP647 (4008S) LP639 (4008H)

Adress-/Databus
MDC-Board
ROM RS232 RAM Video DRAM

RS232
24V_US
Display board LP922 (4008S) LP 924 (4008H)
TFT-Display
RS232
CPU
Video Controller
Video Signal
4008 5/03.09 (TM)

Power Supply
Backlight Inverter
U Backlight
Backlight
Trafic Light LP923
8-5
8.4
X 632
X 633L
X PWR
X 639A
X 631
X 633R
X 634R
X63Z
4008 5/03.09 (TM)

X ACDA X 637B X HDF X 637C Ventile / Valves Pumpen / Pumps LP 633 Input board LP 634 Output board X RS LP 763 Multi Interface Board
Akku Accu
Netzteil 4008 Power Supply 4008
X ACCU
LP 631 CPU 1
X 635 LP 630 Motherboard
X 634L
8-6
Rate: ml/min (: mm) Rate: ml/h (Bolus: ml) ( :h.min)
Rate: ml/min (: mm)
Pven.
Bolus
Start Stop Start Stop Rate Start Stop
Diagnose Diagnosis LP 624 X 348 LP 643-3 LP 950 ST 1 LP 450 LP 450-2 X 351 X M9 X 1/774 X 6/928
Art SN
LP 624 X 348
Kurzschluteil Shunt interlock
LP 928/774 CAN-BUS Verteiler CAN-BUS Distribution
Connection layout diagram

X 348A X 348V X 350 X 351 X SHUNT Sensoren / Sensors X CAN X 82 X C1 Ventile N.C. Conc.P. Bic.P. BI1 X A1 X A4 X A2 X A3 CO1 X A5 X A6 X R1 X 15 X 14 X 13 X 12 X 11 X 10 LP 941 Wasserteilrechner / Hydraulic Processing Unit
OCM_NTC4 OCM_LF110 NTC109 LF-Bibag 108 Bibag NTC107 Bibag ZKV PSW
X DIAG
X CAN
X 637A
LP 636 Extern I/O
X 636
LP 632 CPU 2
Display board Pumpen
XA1 UF-Pump 22 Flow pump 21 Degassing pump 29 Air separation pump 97 XA2 Valves V24 V24B V26 V30 V41 V43 V84 V91 V112 XA3 Balancing chamber valves V31V38 Valves V86 V87 XA4 CCS V99 V100 V102 V104 V126 V130 XA5 V183 V188 V189 V9 Compressor 185 CO1 Concentrate pump BI1 Bicarbonate pump XR1 OCM_NTC 4 XR2 V84 Sensor XR3 Bibag pressure transducer X2 NTC2 X3 NTC3 X5 Float switch X6 Level sensor 6 X7 Conductivity measuring cell X8 Dialysate pressure transducer 1 X9 Reed Kontakt 10 Konzentrat X10 Pressure switch CCS X11 Bibag X12 Bibag NTC 133 X13 Bibag conductivity measuring cell X14 NTC109 X15 OCM conductivity measuring cell 110 XS1 Dialysate pressure transducer 2 (182) XS2 NC XS3 NC XS4 NC XS5 Level sensor concentrate 202 XS6 NTC INDI 308 XS7 INDI conductivity measuring cell 309
X A7 Sensoren X1 CAN X2 X3 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9
NTC2 NTC3 FL-Switch 5 Niveau 6 LF 7 P-Dial 1 (9) Reedk. 10
X S1 X S2 X 16 X 17 X S3 X S4 X S5 X S6 X S7 X R3 X B1
Blutleckdetektor Blood Leak Detector
P-Dial 2 NC NC NC Niveau Konz. NTC308 LF309 Bibag SW Verteilerplatine Distribution board
X R2
V89 Sens.
8.4.1
Connection diagram CAN communication
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
8-7
8.4.2
Hydraulics processor block diagram
8-8
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
8.5
P.C.B. LP 450-2 Level detector control (LD)
Fig.: Signal plan P.C.B. LP 450-2

LP 450-2 X156 20 19 X155 18 17 16 US-Empfnger US-Receiver 1 2 3 Niveau heben/senken Level up/down 1 2 LP 248 3 4 Optischer Detektor Optical detector 1 X159 2 Belftungsventil Vent valve 1 2 3 Vense Klemme Venous clamp 1 M 2 Membranpumpe Membrane pump X157 Potentialausgleich Ground X153 X161 X160 15 14 X154 X351 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 +24V +24V 0 (24V) 0 (24V) +12V 0 (12V) LDA1 = L Niveau senken / Level down = H Dialyse Start / Dialysis start = H n.c. LDSA = H Potentialausgleich / Ground Klemme zu, Clamp closed = L ODSA = H LDA2 = H OD: hell/light = Pven 0 10 V Spiegel heben / Level up Pven-Verstimmung / Pven detune Belftungsventil, auf / Vent valve, open = H dunkel/dark = L
US-Sender US-Transmitter
4008 5/03.09 (TM)
8-9
8-10
5/03.09 (TM)
8.6
P.C.B. LP 493 Blood leak detector
8-11
8.7
P.C.B. LP 624 Control board (BP)
8-12
5/03.09 (TM)
07.11.07
8.8
P.C.B. LP 630 Motherboard
8-13
8.9
ADDRESSES
5/03.09 (TM)
PAL
DATA
8-14
8 KByte BATRAM 512 KByte EPROM SIO 2 CHANNEL RTC
128 KByte RAM
80188 Microcontroller
Control bus
P.C.B. LP 631 CPU 1
Fig.: Block diagram P.C.B. LP 631 CPU 1

DIP-SW1 DIP-SW2 LED's WATCHDOG
Address bus
Data bus
8-15
8.10
ANALOG
ADDRESSES
16DIGITAL inputs (DIRECT)

PORT
DATA
PORT
8-16
Crystalcontrolled oscillator 11 MHz 8 KByte NOVRAM U-REF 10V Address decoder 128 KByte EPROM 2 KByte SRAM 6DAC outputs
Reference voltage 5 V / 10 V
U-REF 10V
U-REF 5V
9ANALOG inputs
P.C.B. LP 632 CPU 2
Fig.: Block diagram P.C.B. LP 632 CPU 2

80C535 Microcontroller Control bus 8DIGITAL outputs (BUFFER) Address bus Data bus 8POWER outputs (BUFFER) Tx serial interface 8x Status LEDs Rx 8DIGITAL outputs (DIRECT) Control bus Data bus
5/03.09 (TM)
2x8 DIP SWITCH
24DIGITAL inputs (BUFFER)
20.08.07
8-17
8.11
P.C.B. LP 633 Input board
Fig.: Block diagram P.C.B. LP 633
analog
digital
HDF_ON V102 V104 CSS_REED SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE
ADC's
PWR_WD P_V102 P_VEN
BUFFER's
BUFFER 6 BUFFER 0
MF 5V/12V
ADC 0
BPR_VEN BPR_ART VEN_BPR_SET ART_BPR_SET Uref
MF
COND_V84 LDA1 OD_OUT FL_SWITCH_+5V CI ABG_BYP ABG_ON ABG_ALARM
LD_SERIAL
V43 V26 V24B V24 UF_P1 LDA2 SUB_W_P SPARE REED_BIC BIBAG REED_RINSE BIBAG_C PSW_V102 PSW_V104 PWR_OFF HEP_ON SPARE SW_ON_OFF PWR_FAIL SHUNT_OUTP SHUNT_INP SHUNT SERV_EN LEV_SIGNAL SN ADKS BPSB_ART BPUS_ART BPSB_VEN BPUS_VEN HEP_ALARM BIB_LEVEL EXT_ALARM SERVICE_MODE LEVEL UP LEVEL DOWN ADS_SN ACKN_CONC ACKN_BIC BIBAG_PSW
BUFFER 7
U_ACCU P_V104 24V_EM
ADC 1
P_ART BLL_DIM BLL/BLL_OLD COND_SIGNAL Uref
SPARE TEMP_DIAL2 COND_SIGNAL2
ADC 2
BIBAG_TEMP BIBAG_COND SPARE U_BATT_SW Uref
Microprocessor Interface
CPU 1
8-18
5/03.09 (TM)
STEUERBUS
DATENBUS
ADRBUS
BUFFER 5
BUFFER 4
BUFFER 3
BUFFER 2
BUFFER 1
27.07.07
8-19
8.12
P.C.B. LP 634 Output board
Fig.: Block diagram P.C.B. LP 634 Output board

EN1 Latch +AIRSEP_P
UF_P_CTRL UF_P_EN
UF_P1
UF_P2_CTRL
UF_P2
EN2 Latch GAL
V31 V32 V33 V34
V35 V36 V37 V38
EN3 Latch Microcontroller Latch BIC_P CONC_P
EN4
EN_CPU2 EN6 Control bus Address bus Address decoding EN7 Latch Data bus Bus driver EN8 Latch Latch
& & V24 V24B V24 V24b V26 V87 V91 V102 V126 V130
V30 V41 V43 V84
V86 V99 V104
SN_EN SNST CPU_OFF V_ADS
HDF_LOG1 PROG_LOG2 VENT_VALVE
EN9 Latch
CLR_ALARM CPU_AKKU HOT_RINSE HEAT_OFF TEST_BATT STAFF_CALL TL_RED
EN10 Latch
BPST_ART BPSST_VEN BPSST_ART HDF_SEL CLAMP_CTRL TL_YELLOW BPST_VEN TL_GREEN
EN5 Latch GAL
Oscillator EN11 Latch Counter FLOW_P
D/A
DEGAS_P
U_ref
TEMP_SET DAC_BLL DAC_DIM DAC_X TEMP_ADJ DAC_P_ZE STEUER_EP BIBAG_TEMP_AJ STEUER_FP
EN12 Latch
V_ZKV1 V_ZKV2 VY5 FREE_OUTP
8-20
5/03.09 (TM)
21.11.06
8-21
8.13
P.C.B. LP 635 Display board
Fig.: Block diagram P.C.B. LP 635 Display board

CS 1 12 Duty Cycle
Bargraph Art Ven TMP Conductivity
CS 16, 17
Status LED's Traffic Light
CS 18
Alarm LED Key click
CS WR RD A0 A1 A2 A3 A4
CS 19
Chip-Select Decoding Bargraph Temperature Flow
CS 20 Key interrupt Key matrix (Plug X2)

Keyboard Encoding
CS 21
Brightness Control
CS 22
Alpha Display
CS 23
UF Goal UF Time UF Rate UF Volume
Data bus D0 D7
8-22
5/03.09 (TM)
8-23
8.14
P.C.B. LP 636 External connectors
8-24
5/03.09 (TM)
8.15
P.C.B. LP 950 Control board (HEP)
19.10.06
8-25
8.16
P.C.B. LP 644-4 Display board (HEP)
8-26
5/03.09 (TM)
8.17
P.C.B. LP 645 Position sensor membrane pump
8-27
8.18
P.C.B. LP 649-2 Display board (4008 B/S)
Fig.: Block diagram P.C.B. LP 649-2 Display board

CS 1 12 Duty Cycle
Bargraph Art Ven TMP Conductivity
CS 16, 17
Status LED's Traffic Light
CS WR RD A0 A1 A2 A3 A4
CS 18
Chip-Select Decoding Alarm LED Key click
CS 20 Key interrupt Key matrix (Plug X2)

Keyboard Encoding
CS 21
Brightness Control
CS 22
Alpha Display
CS 23
UF Goal UF Time UF Rate UF Volume
Data bus D0 D7
8-28
5/03.09 (TM)
8-29
8.19
P.C.B. LP 742 Interference filter
8-30
5/03.09 (TM)
8.20
P.C.B. LP 748 Display board (BP)
8-31
8.21
P.C.B. LP 763 Multi interface board (COMMCO III)
8-32
5/03.09 (TM)
8.22
P.C.B. LP 922 Display board (4008 S)
8-33
8.23
P.C.B. LP 923 Traffic light (4008 H/S)
8-34
5/03.09 (TM)
8.24
P.C.B. LP 924 Display board (4008 H)
8-35
8.25
P.C.B. LP 941 Hydraulics processor
8-36
5/03.09 (TM)
12.Nov.07
8.26
Heater board (power supply unit 4008)
8-37
8.27
Power board (power supply unit 4008)
8-38
5/03.09 (TM)

4008 E / 4008 B / 4008 H / 4008 S Hemodialysis System Technical Manual

Uploaded by

4008 E / 4008 B / 4008 H / 4008 S Hemodialysis System Technical Manual

Uploaded by

4008 E / 4008 B / 4008 H / 4008 S Hemodialysis system Technical Manual

Fresenius Medical Care

Important information on the Technical Manual

Page identification Editorial information

Significance of the safety precautions

Fresenius Medical Care

4008 5/03.09 (TM)

Important information on the system

Precautions for working on the system

Test equipment and accessories Specifications

Fresenius Medical Care

4008 5/03.09 (TM)

Service Central Europe

Fresenius Medical Care

4008 5/03.09 (TM)

Fresenius Medical Care

4008 5/03.09 (TM)

Fresenius Medical Care

4008 5/03.09 (TM)

Fresenius Medical Care

4008 5/03.09 (TM)

Table of contents 1 Description of system functions and malfunctions

Fresenius Medical Care 4008

Fresenius Medical Care 4008 5/03.09 (TM)

Description of the T1 test

START T1 TEST TEST OK ? yes no STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

TEST BLOOD LEAK DETECTOR

STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

TEST OPT. DETECTOR

STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

TEST BLOOD SYSTEM

NEG. PRESSURE HOLDING TEST

STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

TEST VENOUS PRESSURE

POS. PRESSURE HOLDING TEST

STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

TEST AIR DETECTOR

STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

TEST ARTERIAL PRESSURE

Basic hydraulics TEST DIASAFE/HDF FILTER

Advanced hydraulics TEST DIASAFE PLUS / ONLINE PLUS / HPU TEST

STORAGE ERROR NUMBER TEST OK ? yes no STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

Fresenius Medical Care 4008

T1 TEST UNSUCCESSFUL no RETURN

DIALYSIS START KEY

INCORRECT TEST STEP

FURTHER INCORRECT TEST STEPS no RETURN

NEXT INCORRECT TEST STEP

Fresenius Medical Care 4008 5/03.09 (TM)

T1 test flow diagram, parallel program steps

TEST OPT. DETECTOR

TEST BLOOD SYSTEM

TEST ARTERIAL PRESSURE

TEST OK ? no STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

TEST OK ? no STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

TEST OK ? no STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

TEST OK ? no STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

TEST OK ? no STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

TEST OK ? no STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

TEST VENOUS PRESSURE

TEST OK ? no STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

TEST OK ? no STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

TEST AIR DETECTOR

NEG. PRESSURE HOLDING TEST

TEST OK ? no STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

TEST OK ? no STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

TEST OK ? no STORAGE ERROR NUMBER

POS. PRESSURE HOLDING TEST

TEST OK ? no STORAGE ERROR NUMBER